What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711: Document Version: 1.0 - 2017-11-06

What's New PUBLIC
Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-11-06
What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

Content
1 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.1 OData Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2 Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Manage Material Valuations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Manage Costing Runs – Estimated Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
OData Service for Update of Material Price API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Additional Derivations When Importing a Plan Data File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Production Cost Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.3 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
General Ledger Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Asset Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Allocated Revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.4 Treasury Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Cash and Liquidity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Treasury and Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1.5 Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Receivables Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Settlement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
1.6 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
International Trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.7 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Convergent Invoicing: Invoice Creation for Usage and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Intercompany Financial Posting and Payment on Behalf - Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Lease-Out Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Contract Accounting: Paid Invoice Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
SAP Analytical Apps for Financial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Advanced Bank Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Financial Planning and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Convergent Invoicing Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Basic Cash Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Advanced Cash Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Contract Accounting Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

2 PUBLIC Content
Bill of Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Accounting and Financial Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Contract Accounting: Outgoing Payment Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Contract Accounting: Daily and Monthly Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Service Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Period-End Closing - Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Commitment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Period-End Closing - Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Lease-In Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Contract Accounting: Business Partner and Contract Account Master Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Treasury Management Integration for Trading Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Convergent Invoicing: Invoice Correction Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Hedge Accounting for Cash Flow Hedge supporting IFRS 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Standard Cost Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Data Entry for Cloud Consolidation on SAP Cloud Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Accounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1.8 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
2 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.1 Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Display MRP Master Data Issues (SAP S/4HANA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.2 Quality Management and Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Record Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Display Defects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Quality Notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Quality Engineer Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Manage Quality Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Quality Level History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
App Extensibility for Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.3 Plant Management Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Subsidiary as Production Unit and Internal Supplier to Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Content PUBLIC 3
Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Integration of SAP Manufacturing Execution to Production Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Integration of Manufacturing Execution System to Production Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
2.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3 Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

3.1 Customer Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Create and Update Commercial Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.2 Resource Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Creation of Change Documents for Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Default Read Access Logging Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.3 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Internal Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Concur - Financial Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Customer Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Basic Resource Management - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Advanced Resource Management - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
4 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Sales Master Data Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Sales Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Sales Order Management and Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Billing and Invoicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Sales Monitoring and Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Claims, Returns, and Refund Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Default Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Extensibility for Sales BAPIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Direct Debit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Sales Rebate Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Credit Memo Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Integration with Third-Party Sales Force Automation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Digital Payments Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Legal Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Watchlist Screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Accelerated Third Party Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

4 PUBLIC Content
Sale of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Sales Order Processing for Non-Stock Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Intercompany Process for Customer Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Basic Available-to-Promise Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Integration of External Payments to Digital Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Integration of External Payments to Customer Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Sell from Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Collections and Dispute Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Accounts Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
5 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

5.1 Blocking and Deletion of Personal Data in Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
5.2 Sourcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Manage Scheduling Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Monitor Purchasing Info Record Price History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Subcontracting Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Manage RFQs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
App Extensibility: Manage RFQs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
App Extensibility: Manage Supplier Quotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
OData Service for Quota Arrangements API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
OData Service for Purchasing Sources API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
5.3 Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Manage Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Manage Workflows for Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Monitor Purchase Contract Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
5.4 Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Replacement of App: Purchase Order Approval Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Subcontracting Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Default Settings for Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Create Purchase Requisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
My Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Settings for Web Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Purchasing Documents by Requirement Tracking Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Manage Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Confirm Receipts of Goods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Multiple Account Assignment in Manage Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition - Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Content PUBLIC 5
5.5 Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
ODATA Service for Supplier Invoice API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
App Extensibility: Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
App Extensibility: Display Supplier Invoice - Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
5.6 Supplier and Category Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
OData Service for Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
OData Service for Procurement-Related Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5.7 Spend Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.8 App Extensibility for Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Extensibility for Purchase Contract Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Extensibility for Scheduling Agreement Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Extensibility for Purchase Requisition Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5.9 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Scheduling Agreements in Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Purchase Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Consumable Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Subcontracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Invoice Processing by OpenText . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Requisitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Procurement of Direct Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Central Processing of Purchase Requisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Supplier Consignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Procurement of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

6.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
OData API for Physical Inventory (Change Count, Initiate Recount). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
OData API for Material Documents (Create, Cancel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Slow or Non-Moving Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Overdue Materials - Stock in Transit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Transfer Stock - In-Plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Stock - Single Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Material Documents Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Dead Stock Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Delivery Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

6 PUBLIC Content
Read, Create, and Delete Inbound Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Blocking and Deletion of Personal Data in LE-SHP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
6.2 Response and Supply Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Basic Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Advanced Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Core Inventory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Quality Management for Complaints Against Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Inventory and Warehouse Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Quality Management for Complaints from Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Production Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6.4 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.5 Extensibility in Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
7 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
7.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Project Financial Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Project Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Advanced Variant Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fast Entry of Characteristic Values in Sales Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Create, Read, Update and Delete Change Masters via OData Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Embedded Software Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Managing Software Constraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Checking Software Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Managing Requirement Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Read Class Data for Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
Read Characteristic Data for Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Read Product Master Data Including Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
7.3 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Search Recipes by Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Search Recipes by Standard Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Set the Search Date in Recipe Finder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Software Compatibility Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Set up Configurable Bill of Material using Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Engineering Bill of Material - Mass Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Embedded Software Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Project Financial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Content PUBLIC 7
Engineering Bill of Material - Change Master Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Manage Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
7.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
8 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

8.1 External HR Workforce Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Employee/Contingent Worker data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Availability Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
8.2 Core HR and Payroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
8.3 Time and Attendance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Notify Missing Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Approve Timesheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Timesheet Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Team Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Employee Integration - SAP S/4HANA Enablement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Time Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Time Recording - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
9.1 Master Data Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
9.2 Business Network Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Business Catalogs for Ariba Network and SAP Fieldglass Integration for Buyers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Business Event Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Output Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
SAP S/4HANA On-Premise Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
SAP S/4HANA Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Key User Extensibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
9.4 Key Mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Key Mapping for Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
10 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

10.1 Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.2 Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Master Data Specialist - Product Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
10.3 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Business Partner Enhancements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

8 PUBLIC Content
Customer Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Supplier Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Master Data Specialist - Business Partner Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.4 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.5 Master Data Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.6 Enterprise Browser Search Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.7 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Create Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Configure Drill-Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
KPI Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Date Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
View Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Query Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.8 Extensibility Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
10.9 View Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.10 Business Event Subscription. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.11 Enterprise Event Enablement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris Cloud for Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Bill of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Contact Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Primary Master Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
SAP CRM Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Document Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Responsibility Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Offers with Coupons on Mobile App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
SAP ERP Order and Business Partner Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.13 Custom Fields and Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.14 Custom CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.15 Custom Business Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
10.16 Export Software Collection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.17 Custom Analytical Queries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
10.18 Custom Tiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.19 Custom Communication Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.20 Output Management (CA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Manage Logos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Manage Texts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
10.21 Business User Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Maintain Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.22 Identity and Access Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Content PUBLIC 9
Improved Authorization Checks for OData Services and CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.24 Legal Content Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Legal Content Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Manage Legal Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Enterprise Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Data Aging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
11 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

11.1 Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Cross Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
11.2 China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
11.3 Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
11.4 France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
11.5 India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
11.6 Indonesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
11.7 Ireland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
11.8 Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
11.9 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
11.10 Luxembourg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
11.11 Malaysia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
11.12 Philippines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
11.13 Singapore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
11.14 Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
11.15 Switzerland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
11.16 Taiwan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

10 PUBLIC Content
12 Previous Cloud Editions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
12.1 SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
12.2 SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552
Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

Content PUBLIC 11
1 Finance
1.1 OData Services
The following OData services are available:
● API_COSTCENTER_SRV (Controlling)
● API_PROFITCENTER_SRV (Controlling)
● API_FUNCTIONALAREA_SRV (Controlling)
● API_PLANNINGCATEGORY_SRV (Controlling)
● API_MATERIAL_VALUATION_SRV
● API_CONTROLLINGAREA_SRV (Controlling)
● API_CONTROLLINGDEBITCREDITCODE_SRV (Controlling)
● API_COSTCENTERACTIVITYTYPE_SRV (Controlling)
● API_INTERNALORDER_SRV (Controlling)
● API_SALESORGANIZATION_SRV (Controlling)
● API_DISTRIBUTIONCHANNEL_SRV (Controlling)
● API_DIVISION_SRV (Controlling)
● API_PRODUCTGROUP_SRV (Controlling)
● API_SALESDISTRICT_SRV (Controlling)
● API_OPLACCTGDOCITEMCUBE_SRV (Controlling)
● API_FINPLANNINGENTRYITEM_SRV (Controlling)
● API_JOURNALENTRYITEMBASIC_SRV (Controlling)
● API_COMPANYCODE_SRV (Accounting)
● API_GLACCOUNTINCHARTOFACCOUNTS_SRV (Accounting)
● API_PARTNERCOMPANY_SRV (Accounting)
● API_LEDGER_SRV (Accounting)
● API_BUSINESSAREA_SRV (Accounting)
● API_SEGMENT_SRV (Accounting)
● API_CHARTOFACCOUNTS_SRV (Accounting)
● API_CUSTOMERSUPPLIERINDUSTRY_SRV (Accounting)
● C_TrialBalance_CDS (Accounting)
● API_CUSTOMERGROUP_SRV (Logistics)
● API_COUNTRY_SRV (Logistics)

12 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 1:
Product Feature is New
Country Dependency Valid for all countries
Application Component CO, FI
Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711
See Also
These interfaces are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).
1.2 Financial Planning and Analysis
1.2.1 Manage Material Valuations
With this app, you can see an overview of the valuation data for your materials, including sales order stocks.
Search functions are available that allow you to filter on materials in specific company codes or plants, for
example. Valuation details show quantities, prices, and total values by currency type and period. A price history is
available and you can see standard cost estimates. You can also perform actions such as changing inventory prices
or releasing planned prices.
Technical Details
Table 2:
Application Component CO-PC-PCP

Finance PUBLIC 13
Effects on Existing Data
This app replaces the following apps:
● Release Planned Price Changes

● Enter Future Prices
● Change Material Costs
● Debit/Credit Inventory Values
These apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.
See Also
For more information about this app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Finance
Financial Planning and Analysis Profitability and Cost Management .
1.2.2 Manage Costing Runs – Estimated Costs
With this feature you can efficiently manage costing runs for mass material costing in multiple plants or
companies. Quickly review your costing runs and create new runs directly from the list. New runs can be created
either from scratch or by copying other runs. Runs can be set to repeat automatically at selected intervals,
eliminating the need to create new runs manually each time.
Technical Details
Table 3:
Additional Details
The Recurrence function allows you to have a costing run repeat automatically at regular intervals, such as
monthly or quarterly. Each subsequent run is scheduled based on the selected frequency. When the run repeats,
processing pauses upon completion of a step you specified, allowing you to check the results before continuing.

14 PUBLIC Finance
This app replaces the following apps:
● Edit Costing Runs

● Delete Costing Runs
These apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.
See Also
For more information about this app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Finance
Financial Planning and Analysis Profitability and Cost Management .
1.2.3 OData Service for Update of Material Price API
You can use the OData service API_MATERIAL_VALUATION_SRV to change the prices of your materials.
If inventory exists for the material, a revaluation posting is generated.
Technical Details
Table 4:
See Also
This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Finance PUBLIC 15
1.2.4 Additional Derivations When Importing a Plan Data File
When you import a financial plan data file, the app Import Financial Plan Data automatically derives certain field
values from the values in other fields. You can find a list of all fields, which can be automatically derived, in the
product assistance.
Now a few additional derivations were added:
● The company code can be derived from the plant.

● Functional areas can be derived from the G/L account or an account assignment object.
● CO-PA Characteristics are determined from an account assignment object or by CO-PA derivation.
Technical Details
Table 5:
Product Feature is Changed
Application Component CO-OM-IS
See Also
For more information about automatic derivation, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance
<your language> Finance Financial Planning and Analysis Import Financial Plan Data Derivations During
Plan Data Import
1.2.5 Production Cost Analysis
Production Cost Analysis now reports on Work Center/Operation to help analyze production costs. It also enables
Plan Costs based on a new planning solution.
Technical Details
Table 6:

16 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component CO-PC-OBJ
See Also
For more information about the Production Cost Analysis app, see the product assistance on the SAP Help Portal
at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Finance Financial Planning and Analysis .
1.3 Accounting and Financial Close
1.3.1 General Ledger Accounting
1.3.1.1 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting
With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to General Ledger Accounting
have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.
Technical Details
Table 7:
Feature is New
FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)

Application Component

Finance PUBLIC 17
Additional Details
The following new self-service configuration app for General Ledger Accounting is available:
● Define Reference Interest Rates. You can define reference interest rates used for interest calculation.
The following self-service configuration app has been extended:
● Account Determination [page 18]
Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered
configuration settings or create new settings. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and
adapting them. Note that the changes that you can make to pre-delivered configuration settings may be limited to
ensure data consistency.
See Also
For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools SAP S/4HANA - Manage Your Solution .
1.3.1.2 Account Determination
You can use the app to configure G/L account assignments. The following processes in the financial accounting
area have been newly added:
● Clear Differences for Open Items (transaction key DSA)

● Define Adjustment Accounts for GR/IR (transaction group WRV)
● Define Tax Accounts
● Discount Long-Term Receivables, Payables, and Provisions (transaction group HWA)
● Integrate with HR Postings (transaction group HRI)
● Prepare Automatic Postings for Foreign Currency Valuation (transaction group FWA)
● Define Accounts for Payment Transactions (transaction group SKN)
● Define Accounts for Business Transactions in Cash Journal
● Define Accounts for Cash Journal

18 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 8:
Application Component FI-FIO-GL
Additional Details
See the following transaction keys with descriptions for the newly added processes:

● Define Adjustment Accounts for GR/IR (transaction group WRV), including transaction keys:
○ BNG - Invoiced but not yet delivered
○ GNB - Delivered but not yet invoiced
● Define Tax Accounts, including the following transaction groups:
○ %TX - Tax on Sales/Purchases
○ KDT - Tax Exchange Rate Difference
○ STE - Other Taxes with the following transaction keys:
○ GRU - Offsetting entry without deduction
○ OFF - Offsetting entry with deduction
○ OPO - Self-withholding
○ WIT - Extended withholding tax
● Discount Long-Term Receivables, Payables, and Provisions (transaction group HWA), including the following
transaction keys:
○ RKK - Provisions/Recs/Payables: Adjust. Acct
○ ZKB - Provisions/Recs/Payables: Discount Exp.
○ ZKK - Provisions/Recs/Payables: Discount Tfr.
● Integrate with HR Postings (transaction group HRI), including transaction keys:
○ HRA - HR postings, technical accounts
○ HRC - HR postings, expense accounts
○ HRF - HR postings, financial accounts
● Prepare Automatic Postings for Foreign Currency Valuation (transaction group FWA), including the transaction
keys:
○ KDB - Exchange Rate Differences using Exchange Rate Key
○ KDW - Payment Difference for Alternative Currency
○ RDF - Internal Currencies Rounding Differences
● Define Accounts for Payment Transactions (transaction group SKN), including the following transaction keys:
○ SKE - Cash discount received
○ SKT - Cash discount expenses

Finance PUBLIC 19
○ SKV - Cash discount clearing (net method)
○ VSK - Lost cash discount (net procedure)
○ ZDI - Payment differences by reason
1.3.1.3 Cash Flow Statement - Design Studio Version

Available
The Web Dynpro app Cash Flow Statement is also available as Design Studio app. The Design Studio version has a
new look and feel.
Technical Details
Table 9:
Application Component FI - GL
If the tile for Cash Flow Statement was available on a user's SAP Fiori Launchpad in a previous release and the user
opens the app as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the app opens with the new Design Studio look and feel. The Web
Dynpro version of the app is still available and can be added to the SAP Fiori Launchpad using the App Finder.
Please note the following differences in Design Studio apps:
● When you open a Design Studio app, you are prompted to enter criteria for filtering the data. These filter
criteria are not automatically displayed in the Filter Bar.
To see the filter criteria, open the Settings dialog by clicking . Then click Information.
● In the new Design Studio version of the apps, you have to re-create your filter variants. Use the Web Dynpro
version of the apps to find your variants for reference.
● If you need a screen reader, please use it with the Web Dynpro version of the app for the best results. The
accessible tile has the same name as the Design Studio tile, but, on the SAP Fiori Launchpad, the word
"Accessible" is included in the lower right corner.

20 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on System Administration
The change in application type does not affect the set up of your business catalogs or business roles. Users who
had access to the analytical apps before this release will also have the same access with the new Design Studio
versions.
See Also
● To see which application type an app has, go to the SAP Fiori apps reference library.
● For more information about how Design Studio apps works, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics Using Analytical Reports .
1.3.1.4 Financial Statement - Ledger Comparison
The Financial Statement - Ledger Comparison app is, as of this release, no longer supported. This app will be
deleted with S/4HANA Cloud 1805.
Technical Details
Table 10:
Feature is Changed; to be deleted
Application Component FI-GL
This app is no longer displayed by default on the SAP Fiori Launchpad in the Reporting business group. If still
needed, it can be manually added using the App Finder.
With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, this app will be removed from the General Ledger - Reporting
SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_PC business catalog.

Finance PUBLIC 21
See Also
Instead of using this app, create a custom analytical query to compare ledger data. For a step-by-step procedure,
see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics CDS Views
CDS Views for Finance CDS Views for Accounting and Financial Close CDS Views for Transaction Data
Custom Analytical Query for Ledger Comparison .
1.3.1.5 Manage Journal Entries
In the Manage Journal Entries app, you can display the change history not only of journal entries but also of journal
entry line items.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product Assistance English Finance
Accounting and Financial Close General Ledger Accounting Postings and Journal Entries Manage Journal
Entries How to display the journal entry change history .
Technical Details
Table 11:
Application Component FI-GL-GL
1.3.1.6 Electronic Financial Statement - Tile Names Changed
Two tiles on the SAP Fiori Launchpad related to the Electronic Financial Statement (EFS) have been renamed to
better reflect the functions that you can access using these tiles.
Technical Details
Table 12:
Feature is Changed

22 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details
The affected tiles and their new names are as follows:
Table 13: Electronic File Statement Tiles
Old Tile Name New Tile Name
Export Data for EFS at Item Level Display Data for EFS at Item Level
Export Data for Electronic Financial Statement Display Data for Electronic Financial Statement
These tiles are part of the Reporting business group on the Home Page.
1.3.1.7 Verify General Journal Entries - Notification
With this feature, you can receive notifications of the journal entries to be verified. As a requester, you can receive
notifications when journal entries are approved or rejected. As a processor, you can receive notifications when
journal entries are submitted. All the notifications are displayed in the upper right corner or the SAP Fiori
launchpad. To receive notifications, you must be assigned with the DLM_FIORI_NOTIFICATION role.
Technical Details
Table 14:

Finance PUBLIC 23
1.3.1.8 Account Determination App Reference
With this feature you can view how an account is maintained in the Account Determination app, if the account
information is available. You can view the account reference in the Manage G/L Account Master Data app and the
Manage Chart of Accounts app.
Technical Details
Table 15:
Additional Details
In the Manage Chart of Accounts app, you can find the account determination reference in this way:
1. Switch to the CHART OF ACCOUNTS view. (The default view is FINANANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS.)
2. Click the ID of a chart of accounts.
3. Locate the column of Maintained in Acct Determination App..
In the Manage G/L Account Master Data app, you can find the account determination reference in this way:
1. Fill in required fields and click Go for a search.

2. Click a G/L account. You can see the account master data.
3. Click WHERE USED and locate Maintained in Account Determination.
1.3.1.9 Process Extensibility for Journal Entries
This feature enables you to make custom fields available in several apps including handing over data by using
business scenarios.

24 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 16:
Application Component FI
See Also
For more information, look for the section Finance under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA
Cloud release> Product Assistance .
For more information about Extensibility, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud
release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility .
1.3.2 Asset Accounting
1.3.2.1 CDS Views for Asset Accounting
The following CDS (Core Data Services) views for Asset Accounting have been released and can be used for fixed
asset master data and fixed asset values:
● Fixed Asset
● Asset History Sheet
● Asset History Sheet Cube
● Asset Balances
● Asset Balances Cube
Technical Details
Table 17:

Finance PUBLIC 25
Application Component FI-FIO-AA
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Finance
● For Fixed Asset go to CDS Views for Master Data

● For the other CDS views go to CDS Views for Transaction Data
1.3.2.2 Settings for Company Codes and Legacy Data

Transfer
Several settings of significant relevance for assets have changed on company code level. The following settings are
affected:
● Productive status of company code

● Company code lock
● Settings for transferring legacy data
You define the settings for company codes and legacy data transfer in the Current Settings of Asset Accounting
with the app Company Code Settings.
As was the case until now, you perform the legacy data transfer itself using the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit.
(You call the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit using the app Manage Solution Migrate Data .)
The settings for transferring legacy data now allow a successive transfer of assets that can then be shown in
Reporting.
For a legacy data transfer during the year, from now on you enter the period of the posted depreciation, if
necessary, directly with the legacy data transfer: Depending on the fixed asset, you enter the last period in which
the depreciation was posted in the legacy system. The system requires this information to determine the first
period for the depreciation that should be posted to in the SAP system.
Technical Details
Table 18:
Product Feature Is Changed

26 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
The existing data on the company codes in Asset Accounting is converted to the new tables automatically during
the upgrade. Corresponding company code objects are created for the active company codes in Asset Accounting.
From then on, the old settings can no longer be changed.
Note that from now on the system handles the status of the legacy data transfer and the status of the company
code separately.
Effects on Data Transfer
Previously, the system always derived and set the legacy data transfer date automatically if a valuation plan was
assigned to a company code. This opaque logic is succeeded by a new logic: If you set up a new company code in
Asset Accounting, the system no longer derives the date of the legacy data transfer automatically; you now have to
explicitly enter the date of the legacy data transfer.
The app Company Code Settings is contained in the following catalog roles and business catalogues:
● Catalog role: BR_AA_ACCOUNTANT

● Business catalogue: SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC
Additional Information
For more information, see the field help of the app Company Code Settings.
1.3.2.3 Define Maximum Base Value
As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the app Define Maximum Base Value is no longer available on the
launchpad.

Finance PUBLIC 27
Up to release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802, you can locate the app using the App Finder.
As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802, the app will not be available at all.
Technical Details
Table 19:
Product Feature Is Deleted
Deleted as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711 (on launchpad)
None.
1.3.2.4 Change Index Series
As of release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the app Change Index Series is no longer available on the launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 20:

28 PUBLIC Finance
None.
1.3.3 Allocated Revenue
This app enables you to analyze the revenue allocated to the performance obligations in a multiple-element
arrangement involving bundled deliverables as per the requirements of IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with
Customers.
The app supports customer project sales and sell-from-stock transactions. Billing is based on sales orders. The
items in a sales order correspond to performance obligations, each of which represents a separate unit of
accounting for revenue recognition purposes.
● For customer projects, multiple-element arrangements for the contract types Fixed Price and Periodic Service
are supported.
● For sell-from-stock processes, multiple-element arrangements for the item categories TAN (Standard item)
and CBTC (Make to Order without CO-Object) are supported.
Note
In sell-from stock processes, allocated revenue is supported only for delivery-related billing.
Other processes including the following are not supported:
○ Periodic billing
○ Milestone billing
○ Intercompany processes
○ Customer returns
○ Third-party sales
○ Credit or debit memos
○ Bill of material (BOM)
Technical Details
Table 21:
Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR

Finance PUBLIC 29
See Also
For more information about allocated revenue, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product Assistance
Finance Accounting and Financial Close Revenue and Cost Accounting Event-Based Revenue Recognition .
1.3.4 Consolidation
1.3.4.1 Consolidation-Specific Master Data Fields
With the Fiori app Define Master Data for Consolidation Fields, you can now define values for consolidation-specific
master data in addition to the standard master data available across the SAP S/4HANA Cloud product, so that you
can support the consolidation process and produce more insightful analysis reports.
Technical Details
Table 22:
Application Component FIN-CS (Consolidation)
Additional Details
The consolidation master data fields are activated by using the Define Consolidation Master Data Fields self-
service configuration UI (SSCUI), where you can select from a list of available fields which master data fields you
want to use in consolidation, for example, profit center, cost center, customer number, and material number.
1.3.4.2 Post Group Journal Entries
With this app, you can make manual postings to correct or standardize reported financial data from consolidation
units, and make interunit eliminations to the requirements of the group.

30 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 23:
See Also
For more information about the app, see Post Group Journal Entries under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance English Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation Consolidation
Process .
1.3.4.3 Enriched Reports
The report portfolio is enriched and divided into two groups on the SAP Fiori Launchpad: Local Reports and Group
Reports depending on whether the consolidation reporting logic is implemented, indicated by record type 0
(unconsolidated data source) or R (consolidated data source).
Technical Details
Table 24:
Additional Details
Following new reports are available out of the box:
● Balance Sheet - By Movements

Finance PUBLIC 31
● Balance Sheet - Year Comparison
● P&L by Nature of Expense - By Functional Areas
● P&L by Nature of Expense - Year Comparison
● P&L by Function of Expense - Year Comparison
● Cash Flow Statement - By Consolidation Units
The reports Data Analysis (renamed from Database Listing of Totals Records) and Data Analysis - Reporting Logic
(renamed from Database Listing of Totals Records - Reporting Logic) are enriched to enable deep analysis of
reported and consolidated data. From the listed financial statement (FS) item amounts, you can drill down to data
of any granularity that exists in the consolidation database, for example, to view all journal entry line items.
To fulfill various report requirements using flexible structuring of FS items, the reporting rule configuration is also
enhanced from assigning FS items to reporting items, defining reporting rule variants, and mapping the reporting
rules to consolidation versions. Rule-based reports include Profit & Loss Statements by Function of Expense, Cash
Flow Statements, Statement of Changes in Equity, and Statement of Comprehensive Income.
For interunit reconciliation reports, you can use the app Define Interunit Reconciliation Thresholds to set group
currency reconciliation thresholds for the specified version and consolidation unit pairs. In this way, you can easily
filter those consolidation unit pairs and reconciliation cases whose reconciliation differences exceed the defined
thresholds.
See Also
For more information, see Reports under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance English
Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation .
1.3.4.4 Currency Translation Logs
In addition to task category Reclassification, Currency Translation is now supported in the app Task Logs. With this
app, you can check details of these tasks during their test runs and update runs. A list of tasks will be displayed,
from which you can navigate to the following details depending on the task category you choose.
Technical Details
Table 25:

32 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details
For task category Reclassification, method, triggering item, and associated journal entries, consolidation unit,
partner unit, subitem, subitem category, triggering amount, and journal entry amounts in group currency are
displayed.
1.3.4.5 Configuration for Consolidation
With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Consolidation have been
added to the Manage Your Solution app.
Technical Details
Table 26:
Additional Details
The following new self-service configuration apps for Consolidation are available:
● Define Tasks. You can define reclassification tasks and assign each task with a document type and a
reclassification method.
● Create Version from Reference Version. Versions are used to separate different sets of financial data and
related processes. You can create a new consolidation version by copying from a template version. The system
copies the template version as well as the version-dependent settings or assignments.
● Define Versions. You can maintain version attributes that impact the system behavior in this version.
● Assign Monitor Task Groups. You can assign task groups for the data monitor and consolidation monitor to
versions and periods.
● Define Consolidation Master Data Fields. You can enable additional data fields for consolidation. From a list of
available fields, you can choose to enable inputs and define if you want to use them as master data in
consolidation. If usage of master data is enabled, data input is validated against existing master data, and the
master data fields are enabled in the Define Master Data for Consolidation Fields app, where users can proceed
defining values for these fields. Note that existing master data from accounting is directly integrated and
therefore does not need to be maintained again.

Finance PUBLIC 33
● Define Selections. You can define selections as filter conditions to be applied when running consolidation
tasks. A selection bundles a group of filter criteria, such as FS items, subitems, and document types, so that it
can be conveniently reused when defining triggers in reclassification methods, for example.
These self-service configuration apps are grouped in the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application
area.
Make your entries in the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered
See Also
Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .
1.3.5 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting
1.3.5.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 27:
Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-RUN

34 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details
The Run Advanced Compliance Reports app is built on an extensive feature-rich framework that can support the
compliance reporting requirements of several countries. Here is the list of new features enabled in Run Advanced
Compliance Reports app:
● Support for additional correction run

The tax authorities in some countries allow you to submit correction run, or additional correction run after the
standard tax submission process. This ensures that you have an option to make the required modifications to
the earlier tax submission documents. The additional correction run may require documents in formats and
data, different than the standard or correction runs. You can configure additional correction phase for a report
category in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. In the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app, after
the standard submission, you can start a new phase, and choose correction or additional correction as per
your requirements.
For example, consider that as per the compliance guidelines of a country, you can generate a correction run
after the standard submission, until 25 days after the reporting period end date. For any correction after 25
days, you can submit an additional correction, until one year after the reporting period end date. So, if you find
an error within 25 days, after the reporting period end date, you can correct the error and generate via a
correction run. However, if you find an error 25 days after the reporting period end date, you can still make the
corrections and submit them via the additional correction runs, that is valid until one year from the reporting
period end date.
● Parallel Generation of Document Formats
If you want to reuse the schema assignment and mapping of an existing document for another document
format, you can now do so by creating new documents with reference. While creating a document with
reference, you can select multiple document formats. In the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app, the main
document, and the documents created with reference to it get generated together. Also, when you regenerate
the main document after performing manual adjustment, the main document and the reference documents
get regenerated at the same time.
For example, if you have a compliance reporting scenario where you need to submit an XML document to the
government. However, you would also like to generate a PDF document with the same set of values for better
readability. You can do so by adding a PDF document with reference to the XML document. In the Run
Advanced Compliance Reports app, if you make some manual corrections in the XML document and
regenerate it, the associated PDF document gets regenerated with the new set of values.
See Also
For more information about this app, see the product assistance of SAP S/4HANA 1711 Cloud at http://
help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Finance Accounting and Financial Close Advanced Compliance
Reporting .

Finance PUBLIC 35
1.3.5.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 28:
Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-DEF
Additional Details
Here is the list of new features enabled for the Define Advanced Compliance Reports are:
● Create Report Categories Independently

To adhere to your compliance reporting requirements, you may need to submit tax reports to the government
for a new functionality. You may also need to group versions of report based on functionality, country,
organizational units, phases, or reporting activities. In SAP S/4HANA for advanced compliance reporting, you
can create such functional groups through report categories.
You can now create independent report categories using the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You
must assign country, phases, and organizational units to a report category.
You create activities for a report category. While defining activities, you assign the phase to which it belongs,
and assign a report definition to it. You can monitor and run the reporting activities in the Run Advanced
Compliance Reports app.
○ Assign Country
You assign a country to the report category.
○ Add Phases
You create phases for your report category. A phase is used to identify the type of report run that is
generated in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app. A phase can be of type - standard, correction, or
additional correction.
When you generate a report run, by default, the report run type is standard. Standard phase is the first
submission to the government. Based on the country-specific requirements, you can generate a
correction report, or additional correction report for the documents from the previous submissions or for
the documents that may have been omitted from the previous submissions or runs.
You set the valid from date, and assign the phase occurrence as Single or Multiple for all phases. When you
set the phase occurrence as Single, all the activities of the phase can be submitted only once. After your
activities are complete, you will not be able to process the activities again in the phase.
When you choose the phase occurrence as Multiple, all the activities of the phase can be submitted any
number of times after the report has been accepted, until the due date. You can repeat the phase multiple
times.
You can set the submission possible until for correction and additional correction runs. It is set in years,
months, or days. For example, if Submission Possible Until is set as 2 Months – It implies that you can start
the correction runs after the standard submission and until 2 months after the current reporting period
end date. You can also set negative values for months and days.

36 PUBLIC Finance
● Assign Organizational Units
You assign organizational units to a report category. SAP S/4HANA for advanced compliance reporting allows
you to submit tax reports at different reporting levels via the use of organizational units. The reporting levels
currently supported in advanced compliance reporting, for both classic and enhanced modes, are - company
code, business place, jurisdiction code, and section code. This feature allows you to use the Run Advanced
Compliance Reports app to submit reports for countries that require reporting at these additional levels. For
example, Canada tax authorities require tax reporting at company code and tax jurisdiction levels. You can set
values for the reporting levels while configuring the reporting entity. The assigned values are set to default
values when you run the reports. You can assign the organizational units to the report categories in the Define
Advanced Compliance Reports app.
● Add Reporting Activities
Reporting activities are steps that need to be performed to complete end-to-end compliance reporting
process. Activities denote certain mandatory steps that should be performed before submitting your tax
reports to the government. In the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app, you can create new reporting
activities. Based on your legal reporting requirements, you create activities for your report category. While
defining activities, you assign the phase to which it belongs, and assign a report definition to it. You can
monitor and run the reporting activities in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app.
To understand the complete in Run Advanced Compliance Reports app and Define Advanced Compliance
Reports app, please see the below sample scenario:
To start with, in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app, you should perform the following steps:
1. Create a report category REPCAT.
2. Assign a country to the report category.
3. Create a standard and a correction phase for the report category.
4. Assign company code as the organizational unit to report category.
5. Add a report generation activity A1 for standard phase. Assign a report definition to the activity A1. Add
another report generation activity A2 for the correction phase. Assign a report definition to the activity A2.
In the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app, when you select the report category and choose Go, you
can see all the reporting tasks for the category. Select the reporting task that you want to execute. The
system performs the standard run where report generation activity A1 get executed. After the standard
run is complete, the system allows you to start the new phase. Choose Start new phase to start the
correction run. The system executes the activity A2 assigned to the correction phase.
● Create Report Categories with Reference
There may be in scenarios in your compliance reporting process, where, you would like to reuse an existing
report category after making some modifications.
For example, consider an existing report category REPCAT with activities A1 and A2. For another functionality,
you need another report category that is like REPCAT in all its attributes, but also has a new activity, say A3.
You can achieve this objective quickly by creating report category through reference in Define Advanced
Compliance Reports app. Note that when you create report category through reference, the inherited
attributes remain read-only. You cannot delete any of the inherited attributes. You can, however, create
activities for the report category.
● Rename Queries, Documents, and Correspondence Documents
You can now rename your existing queries, documents, and correspondence documents based on your
requirements.

Finance PUBLIC 37
See Also
Reporting .
1.4 Treasury Management
1.4.1 Cash and Liquidity Management
1.4.1.1 Import Bank Services Billing Files
With this app you can import bank services billing files to load bank fee data to your system for analytical
purposes. The content and format of the files you import must follow the Bank Services Billing (BSB) standard
that was defined by ISO 20022.
With this app, you can do the following:
● Import bank services billing files so as to collect bank fee data from your banks
● Delete source files to erase imported data when necessary
Technical Details
Table 29:
Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM

38 PUBLIC Finance
See Also
Monitor Bank Fees [page 39]
1.4.1.2 Monitor Bank Fees
With this app you can monitor the imported bank fee data and keep a track of your bank service charges using
various drill-down dimensions.
● Check the bank fee data that is imported from bank services billing files
● Keep a track of bank service charges and taxes
● Examine unit prices and volumes for individual services
● Analyze bank fees using different drill-downs and combinations of drill-downs, such as, comparing money
spent in different companies, regions, and banks, monitoring service charges over time
Technical Details
Table 30:
See Also
Import Bank Services Billing Files [page 38]
1.4.1.3 Review Bank Accounts
With this feature you can initiate a review process and monitor the status of review requests without implementing
workflows..
● In the Manage Bank Accounts app, you can start a review process by choosing the Initiate Review Process
button.
● In the Review Bank Accounts app, you can do the following:
○ Reviewers can search for and display their review tasks, navigate to a bank account, and complete the
reviews.

Finance PUBLIC 39
○ Reviewers can add review notes to bank accounts.
The review notes can also be displayed in the bank account history in the Manage Bank Accounts app.
○ Review initiators can search for and display the review requests that they have created, and monitor the
review status by checking review tasks that are not yet completed.
○ Review initiators and reviewers can keep a track of all the review requests that are in process and
completed.
Technical Details
Table 31:
The following apps will be deleted in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1808. Before that, you can still use them to create and
manage review processes that are based on SAP Business Workflow.
● Initiate Review Process

● Monitor Review Status
1.4.1.4 Manage Memo Records
With this app, you can manage memo records centrally for expected cash flows that are not yet generated in the
system. The records are then displayed in the cash management reports, such as Cash Flow Analyzer and Check
Cash Flow Items. Memo records are automatically expired after the expiration date. You can also manually convert
the active records into archive records.
The memo records are now stored in One Exposure from Operations.
Technical Details
Table 32:

40 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component FIN-FIO-CLM
This app replaces the Create Memo Record (Transaction FF63N) app and the Display Memo Records (Transaction
FF65N) app. The Create Memo Record (Transaction FF63N) app and the Display Memo Records (Transaction
FF65N) app will be deleted with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 release. You can use this Fiori app to create, display
and archive memo records instead.
See Also
For more information, search for Manage Memo Records under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product
Assistance.
1.4.1.5 Cash Flow Analyzer
With this function, you can display the cash position, liquidity forecast and actual cash flows with more
organization units, in addition to company code. The following dimensions are now available:
● Business Area
● Segment
● Profit Center
● Trading Partner
Technical Details
Table 33:
Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM

Finance PUBLIC 41
The Cash Flow Analyzer app replaces the Cash Position Details app. The Cash Position Details app is now deleted
with release SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711. You can use the Cash Position variant in the Cash Flow Analyzer app to
display the cash position details.
See Also
For more information, search for Cash Flow Analyzer under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product
Assistance.
1.4.1.6 Integration with Contract and Lease Management
With the integration, you can now get updated forecasted cash flows whenever there're cash flow update due to
document status update for contracts, such as posting contract payments and payment to landlord/service
provider. The cash flows are then consumed in cash management reports.
This new feature is now available in cash management apps, for example:
● Cash Flow Analyzer

● Check Cash Flow Items
Technical Details
Table 34:
See Also
For more information, search for Cash Flow Analyzer or Check Cash Flow Itemsunder http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 > Product Assistance.

42 PUBLIC Finance
1.4.2 Treasury and Risk Management
1.4.2.1 TRM, Integration with External Trading Platforms
With this feature, you can connect the new solution treasury management integration for trading platforms to
your Treasury and Risk Management system.
Based on the SAP Cloud Platform, the solution treasury management integration for trading platforms allows
you to upload FX transactions from the external trading platform 360T to your Treasury and Risk Management
system.
Technical Details
Table 35:
Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM
See Also
For more information about this integration capability, see the product documentation at https://help.sap.com/
TREASURY_MANAGEMENT_INTEGRATION_FOR_TRADING_PLATFORMS.
1.4.2.2 TRM, Import Market Data- New Category for Basis

Spreads
With this function, a new market data category Basis Spreads is now supported in the Import Market Data app. You
can import market data about basis spreads using the template in the app.

Finance PUBLIC 43
Technical Details
Table 36:
Additional Details
The market data basis spreads is also supported in the template. You can now use the template to import basis
spreads into the system.
See Also
For more information about the Import Market Data app, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management
Market Data .
1.4.2.3 TRM, Intercompany Trading Process for FX

Transactions
With this function, you can now process FX transactions within affiliated companies. Mirror transactions are
created automatically, when you create an FX transaction for intercompany trading deals.
Technical Details
Table 37:

44 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details
The function is available for FX spot/forward transactions, FX swap transactions and non-deliverable forward
transactions. You can use the following product types and transaction types:
● 60I Foreign Exchange (FX) Spot/Forward Transactions with the 101 and 102 transactions types for FX spot and
FX forward transactions:
● 60I Foreign Exchange (FX) transactions with the 101 and 102 transaction types for FX swap transactions.
● 60J Non-Deliverable Forward transactions with the 110 transaction type for non-deliverable forward
transactions.
Effects on Configuration
The following new self-service configuration apps are available:
● Mirror Transactions: Maintain Relevant Product Types and Transaction Types

● Mirror Transactions: Assign Company Code to Partner
To enable mirror transaction functionality for the process, make sure you have made the configuration settings in
the Manage Your Solution app.
See Also
For more information about the intercompany trading process for FX transactions, see the product documentation
at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Treasury and
Risk Management Foreign Exchange Risk Management Financial Transactions .
For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see the product documentation at http://
help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools .
1.4.2.4 TRM, New Card for Foreign Exchange Overview -

Absolute Net FX Exposure
With this feature, a new card Absolute Net FX Exposure is now available in the Foreign Exchange Overview app. The
new card Absolute Net FX Exposure shows you the sum of total net FX exposures and the top five net FX exposures
sorted by company code. This allows you to see at a glance the foreign exchange risk that your company is
exposed to and to immediately take further actions.

Finance PUBLIC 45
To obtain detailed insights into the origin and structure of the FX exposures, you can directly navigate to the target
app Review Balance Sheet FX Risk by clicking on the line items.
Technical Details
Table 38:
See Also
For more information about the Foreign Exchange Overview app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance Treasury Management Foreign Exchange Risk Management .
1.4.2.5 TRM, Hedge Management Cockpit, Layout and New

Key Figures
With this feature you can display the additional key figures in the Hedge Management Cockpit. In addition, you can
define layouts which determine the presentation of data in the Hedge Management Cockpit. The additional key
figures support you in the Hedge Management Cockpit analyzing your FX risk position by indicating overhedge
situations.
In the layout definition you define the combination of differentiation criteria for which you would like to see the
selected key figures and also you can choose to get aggregated values for specified periods.
Layouts are hedging area independent and can be global or private.
Technical Details
Table 39:

46 PUBLIC Finance
Availability S/4HANA Cloud 1711
1.4.2.6 TRM, Hedge Accounting for Exposure Items
With this feature, you can perform hedge accounting for FX forwards supporting IFRS9 regulations. The following
process steps are supported:
● Automated Designation
A FX forward transaction is automatically designated into a hedging relationship where it acts as the hedging
instrument. Exposure items coming from the Hedge Management Cockpit app act as the hedged items. FX
forward transaction and exposure items are together automatically designated into the hedging relationship.
● Period-End Closing
The period-end closing processes for FX forward transactions designated into hedging relationships are
supported by the apps Run Valuation and Run Classification.
● Contract Close
The following processes take place at the end of the hedging relationship and on the end date of the exposure
subitem:
○ Dedesignation
○ Reclassification
● Reporting
The Display Treasury Position Flows and the Display Treasury Posting Journal app were enhanced to support
the reporting activities for the product group Exposure Item.
Technical Details
Table 40:
Additional Details
Automated Designation
When the financial transaction is saved, the automated designation process is triggered. Based on the data of the
financial transaction (company code, valuation area, currency, value date, and hedging classification), the system

Finance PUBLIC 47
determines the relevant exposure item and automatically creates the following entities according to the settings
made in the hedging area:
● Hedging relationship
● Hedged item and exposure subitem
● Hedging instrument
Exposure Subitem
An exposure subitem represents a valuation-area-specific hedged portion of the exposure item. It is also used as a
carrier for the hedging reserve and cost of hedging reserve for the hedging instrument according to the relevant
hedge accounting rule.
The exposure subitem is automatically created and assigned to the hedged item in a hedging relationship.
How many exposure subitems are created for a hedging instrument depends on the settings for designation
splitting in the hedging area data. (Cardinality: exposure item : exposure subitem = 1 : n)
The due date of the exposure subitem is derived from the relevant reclassification offset category and can differ
from the end date (dedesignation date) of the hedging relationship. The due date of the exposure subitem is the
reclassification date for the hedging reserve/cost of hedging reserve. The hedging reserve and cost of hedging
reserve can, therefore, be reclassified after the dedesignation date of the hedging relationship.
The exposure subitem is identified by company code, valuation area, and exposure subitem ID.
A new configuration app Define Hedging Classifications is available. With this app, you can freely define hedging
classifications that are used in the hedge management and accounting process.
You use the hedging classification for the following purposes:
● When you define your hedging areas in the Define Hedging Area app, you assign the relevant hedging
classifications on the General Settings tab.
● You assign the hedging classification to your hedging instruments in the financial transaction data on the
Administration tab.
If the hedging classification is active for hedge accounting, this information is relevant for the automated
designation process. Using the data from the financial transaction including the hedging classification the system
can identify the relevant hedging area version and the relevant exposure item so the hedged item, hedging
instrument, hedging relationship and the planned designation flows can be created according to your settings for
the hedging area.
See Also
For more information about hedge accounting, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance
Treasury Management Foreign Exchange Risk Management Hedge Management Hedge Management of Net
Open Exposures (FX Risk) .

48 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information
TRM, Enhancements to Treasury Position Reporting [page 49]
1.4.2.7 TRM, Enhancements to Treasury Position Reporting
With this feature, the following two reporting apps have been enhanced with a new product group Exposure Item to
display data on exposure subitem level:
● Display Treasury Position Flows

● Display Treasury Posting Journal
Technical Details
Table 41:
The apps support the new filter category Exposure Items from which you can select the filters you want to display:
● Exposure Item ID
● Exposure Item Desc.
● Exposure Subitem ID
● Exposure SubitemDesc
See Also
For more information about these apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Treasury
Management and search for Display Treasury Position Flows and Display Treasury Posting Journal.

Finance PUBLIC 49
1.4.2.8 TRM, Redesigned Structure Tab for FX Transactions
With this product feature you get a redesigned user interface for FX options, which is clearer and closer to market
conventions.
Technical Details
Table 42:
Product Feature is new
Availability SAP S/4HANA 1711
Additional Details
● In the Create FX Option app and the Process FX Option - Collective Processing app the user interface for
creating and processing FX options is redesigned and got a new structure tab. The Underlying tab is not used
anymore. In the redesigned UI the complexity is reduced and stick to the same approach as FX Spots/
Forwards and use the terms Traded Currency and Traded Amount.
From the entered strike for a currency pair, the Call/Put indicator, and the traded amount (in the traded
currency) the opposite amount in the opposite currency is determined.
If you choose to exercise the option with cash settlement, you get a Cash Settlement frame on the structure
tab.
The settlement amount is calculated on the basis of the difference between the strike and the current market
price.
○ If the current exchange rate in market data is so that you will receive money for your purchased option the
system calculates the cash settlement amount via a given exchange rate. Otherwise the system shows no
amount.
○ For a sold option this is vice versa. Your option buyer will only exercise the option when he gets money, so
the system calculates only outgoing cash settlement amounts or shows no amount.
In case you want to pay (or receive) money in a third currency, the calculation is not supported. Enter the
amount and currency negotiated with your counterparty.
In the case of physical exercise, the system creates the underlying (spot) transaction, when you save the
activity exercise settlement.
1.5 Financial Operations

50 PUBLIC Finance
1.5.1 Receivables Management
1.5.1.1 Cash Collection Tracker
With this feature you can track your collection progress against due receivables for a selected period. You select a
period or date and the app displays the sums of all open invoices due in previous periods, invoices posted in
previous periods that are due in the selected period, and new invoices that are both posted and due in the selected
period. The sum of these due receivables forms the total target.
Technical Details
Table 43:
Application Component FI-FIO-AR
1.5.1.2 Display Payment Card Data
With this app you can display a list of card payments and related information, including details of the card used,
the payment authorization, and settlement.
● Find individual payments and key information quickly using search filters such as Authorization Date, Card
Number, Company Code and similar
● See information about Entry, Authorization, Settlement, and the Settlement Run clearly displayed alongside
details of the payment and the payment card
Technical Details
Table 44:

Finance PUBLIC 51
1.5.1.3 Display Correspondence History
With this app you can browse the history of correspondence documents that were created and sent to your
customers and suppliers using the Create Correspondence app.
This app enables you to:
● View correspondence documents sent to your customers and suppliers.

● Search for correspondence documents by company code, correspondence type, customer or supplier, user
who created the correspondence, date it was created, and other available criteria.
● Browse to the Create Correspondence app to create new correspondence.
Technical Details
Table 45:
1.5.1.4 Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs
The app now includes the following job templates:
● Customer Balance Confirmation

You can use this template to create balance confirmation letters that inform your customers of their balances
and request confirmation of them.
● Correspondence: Customer Statement
You can use this template to send customer statements to your customers according to the schedule you
specify.

52 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 46:
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product Assistance > Finance > Financial
Operations > Receivbles Management > Accounts Receivable Accounting > Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs.
1.5.1.5 Manage Customer Balance Confirmations
With this app you can get a quick overview of the customer balance confirmation letters and additional documents
that were generated by the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app. You see immediately which status the
different documents have and can also preview the documents.
Technical Details
Table 47:
See Also
For more information , see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product Assistance > Finance > Financial
Operations > Receivables Management > Accounts Receivable Accounting > Monitoring of Receivables > Manage
Customer Balance Confirmations.

Finance PUBLIC 53
1.5.1.6 Clear Incoming Payments
This feature enables you to use payment advices in the Clear Incoming Payments app to propose items for
clearing. When you are clearing incoming payments or open items for a customer, you can enter the payment
advice number on the Payment Reference tab. Corresponding open items and G/L items (such as discounts) are
proposed, and deduction amounts and reason codes are transferred.
Technical Details
Table 48:
1.5.1.7 Credit Management: Integration with External Credit

Agencies
You can integrate the services of external credit agencies using the solution SAP S/4HANA Cloud for credit
integration which is based on SAP Cloud Platform.
Technical Details
Table 49:
Application Component FIN-FSCM-CR
See Also
For more information on how to integrate the credit integration solution with SAP Credit Management, see the
product documentation at https://help.sap.com/creditintegration.

54 PUBLIC Finance
1.5.2 Invoice Management
1.5.2.1 Accounts Payable Overview
With this feature you can monitor important accounts payable indicators and access the relevant accounts
payable apps. You can use the filters to limit the data behind the indicators to the information most relevant for
you.
Technical Details
Table 50:
Application Component FI-FIO-AP
1.5.2.2 Configuration for Invoice Management
With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Invoice Management have
been added to the Manage Your Solution app.
Technical Details
Table 51:

Finance PUBLIC 55
Additional Details
The following new self-service configuration apps for Invoice Management are available:
● Define Disallowed Status Changes

Define which statuses you cannot change a current mandate status to.
● Define Reason Codes for Status Changes
Define the reason codes for changing mandate status.
See Also
1.5.2.3 Free Form Payments
With this feature you can process free form payment requests. Depending on your role, you can create, check, edit,
post, reverse, and release payment requests.
● You can use My Free Form Payments to create payment requests and view, edit, or reverse payment requests
that you have created.
● You can use the SAP CoPilot app Create Free Form Payments from any Fiori app to create free form payments
without leaving your current screen.
● You can use Process Free Form Payments to process all payment requests regardless of the creator of the
request. The app allows you to create, edit, post, release, and reverse requests.
Technical Details
Table 52:

56 PUBLIC Finance
1.5.2.4 Import Supplier Invoices
With this app, you can import multiple supplier invoices into the system all at once. You download a template file,
enter the invoice information, and upload the completed file back to the app. You can then post the invoices from
the app.
Technical Details
Table 53:
Additional Details
This app includes the following key features:
● Download a template file.

● Enter header data and G/L account items information for the invoices in the downloaded file.
● Upload the entered invoices to the app.
● Check for errors in the invoices before posting.
● Post the uploaded invoices.
● View errors in the invoice upload, check, and posting processes.
● Navigate to the Create Supplier Invoice app to view invoice details, correct errors, or post the invoice.

Finance PUBLIC 57
See Also
For more information about the app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance <Choose
your language> Finance Financial Operations Invoice Management Document Processing Import
Supplier Invoices .
1.5.2.5 Manage Payment Formats
With this release, you can now use the configuration app Manage Payment Formats to import and export payment
formats.
Technical Details
Table 54:
Additional Details
This configuration app is available in the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application area.

58 PUBLIC Finance
See Also
Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Implementation Tools Manage Your
Solution .
1.5.2.6 Days Payable Outstanding - Indirect Method
With this feature you can view your days payable outstanding (DPO) calculated using the indirect method. You can
use the predefined analysis steps to view your DPO by time, company code, supplier, and country of supplier. You
can focus your analysis by using the filters to drill down.
Technical Details
Table 55:
1.5.2.7 Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs
The app now includes the Supplier Balance Confirmation job template. You can use this template to create balance
confirmation letters that inform your suppliers of your balances and request confirmation of them.
Technical Details
Table 56:

Finance PUBLIC 59
See Also
Operations > Invoice Management > Payments > Application Jobs > Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs.
1.5.2.8 Manage Supplier Balance Confirmations
With this app you can get a quick overview of the supplier balance confirmation letters and additional documents
that were generated by the Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs app. You see immediately which status the different
documents have and can also preview the documents.
Technical Details
Table 57:
See Also
Operations > Invoice Management > Reporting and Analysis > Manage Supplier Balance Confirmations.
1.5.3 Settlement Management

60 PUBLIC Finance
1.5.3.1 Settlement Management
With this feature you can use condition type Rebate Unlikelihood during the sales rebate processing in case that
the minimum sales turnover will not be reached and therefore no accruals should be created or existing accruals
should be reversed.
Technical Details
Table 58:
Application Component LO-AB
See Also
Sales Rebate Processing [page 163]
For more information about Settlement Management, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD

under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Settlement Management .
1.5.3.2 Notifications for Settlement Management Job

Scheduling
With this feature, you get support from notifications for scheduled jobs in Settlement Management. Your action is
required when a scheduled job results in an error. In that case, a notification alert appears on the desktop to inform
you about the error details. With this, you are able to start your activities to solve the problem. Be aware that only
the user receives the notifications who created the scheduling jobs.
Technical Details
Table 59:

Finance PUBLIC 61
Application Component LO-AB
See Also
For more information about Schedule Jobs in Settlement Management, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Settlement Management
Schedule Jobs :
● Schedule Job to Collect Documents - Settlement Document

● Schedule Job to Release Settlement Management Documents
● Schedule Job to Reverse Documents - Settlement Management
● Schedule Job Settlement Management Document Output
1.5.3.3 Notifications for Condition Contract Job Scheduling
With this feature, you get support from notifications for scheduled jobs in Condition Contract Management. Your
action is required when a scheduled job results in an error. In that case, a notification alert appears on the desktop
to inform you about the error details. With this, you are able to start your activities to solve the problem. Be aware
that only the user receives the notifications who created the scheduling jobs.
Technical Details
Table 60:
Application Component LO-GT-CHB
See Also
For more information about Schedule Jobs in Condition Contract Management, see https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Settlement
Management Schedule Jobs :

62 PUBLIC Finance
● Schedule Job for Contract Settlement - Customer Condition Contracts
● Schedule Job for Accruals Reversal - Obsolete Customer Condition Contracts
1.6 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance
1.6.1 International Trade
1.6.1.1 Intrastat Declarations
You use Intrastat declarations to record statistics on goods traffic between member states of the European Union.
Technical Details
Table 61:
Country Dependency Valid For
● Belgium
● Denmark (New for S/4HANA Cloud 1711)
● Germany
● France
● Ireland
● Italy
● Luxembourg
● Netherlands
● Sweden
● Spain
● Hungary
● United Kingdom
Application Component SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available From SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

Finance PUBLIC 63
1.6.1.2 International Trade Classification
1.6.1.2.1 Manage Control Classes
You can use this app to manage control classes to fulfill legal regulations for controlling goods movement. You can
add a description to a control class and define the validity period.
Technical Details
Table 62:
Product Feature Is New
Application Component SLL-ITR-CLS (International Trade Classification)
1.6.1.2.2 Manage Control Groupings
You can use this app to manage control groups to group products on the basis of specific legal regulations. You can
add a description to a control grouping.
Technical Details
Table 63:
Application Component SLL-ITR-CLS
(International Trade Classification)

64 PUBLIC Finance
1.6.1.2.3 Classify Products - Legal Control
You can use this app to classify products for legal control time-dependently, to define the control relevance of
products and to assign control classes and control groups to the products. You can find unclassified products at a
particular time for a legal regulation. Additionally, you can assign multiple products to a classification for the legal
control.
Technical Details
Table 64:
1.6.1.2.4 Reclassify Products - Legal Control
You can use this app to assign another control class and/or control grouping to classified products, and decide if
these are relevant for control.
You can find classified products at a particular time for a legal regulation. Additionally, you can assign another
classification for legal control to multiple products at the same time.
Technical Details
Table 65:
1.6.1.3 International Trade Compliance

Finance PUBLIC 65
1.6.1.3.1 Manage Licenses
You can use this app to manage licenses to export products requiring approval.
Technical Details
Table 66:
Application Component SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade Compliance)
1.6.1.3.2 Manage Documents- Trade Compliance
You can use this app to manage documents to display the legal control status.
You can display licenses that are assigned to the business transaction, and which classifications are present.
Technical Details
Table 67:
1.6.1.3.3 Resolve Blocked Documents- Trade Compliance
You can use this app to resolve blocked documents to raise blocks for missing classifications or insufficient
authorizations.
To continue the business transactions in question, you either have to enter additional licenses that the system can
assign automatically or you can assign existing licenses, releasing the transaction manually.

66 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 68:
1.6.1.4 Integration
1.6.1.4.1 Integration with SAP Global Trade Services
1.6.1.4.1.1 Reschedule Processing of Documents – Global Trade

Services
You can use this app to reschedule processing of compliance-relevant documents that could not be transferred to
SAP Global Trade Services for technical reasons.
Technical Details
Table 69:
Application Component SLL-ITR-INT-GTS (Integration with Global Trade Services)

Finance PUBLIC 67
1.6.1.5 Components for Customer Messages
As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the following components for customer messages for SAP S/4HANA for
International Trade are available to you:
Technical Details
Table 70:
Technischer Name der Komponente
Description
SLL-ITR
S/4HANA for International Trade
SLL-ITR-ISR
Intrastat Reports
SLL-ITR-CLS
International Trade Classification
SLL-ITR-TRC
International Trade Compliance
SLL-ITR-INT
Integration
SLL-ITR-INT-GTS
Integration with Global Trade Services
SLL-ITR-INT-SCR
Integration with Watch List Screening
1.7 SAP Best Practices Content
1.7.1 Convergent Invoicing: Invoice Creation for Usage and

Service
Use
With this scope item, you can bill and invoice usage of a service by a customer.

68 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 71:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2BG
Scope Item is New
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA
Effects on Customizing
Configuration settings can be edited or enhanced in configuration apps. To find out more about changed or new
configuration apps for this scope item, you can refer to the following overview .
See also
For more information about this scope item and additional deliverables, refer to the fact sheet in the SAP Best
Practices Explorer.
1.7.2 Intercompany Financial Posting and Payment on Behalf -

Domestic
Use
The scope item now includes the following:
The following configuration app is available to configure the paying company code: Set Up All Company Codes for
Payment Transactions

Finance PUBLIC 69
Technical Details
Table 72:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1GP
Scope Item is Changed
Country Dependency Valid for Australia, Canada, Belgium, Denmark, Germany,

Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia,
Italy, Japan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.3 Lease-Out Accounting
Use
● Integrate with SAP Cloud for Real Estate to assist CFOs and corporate real estate managers in answering key
questions regarding space utilization, facility costs, portfolio composition, and partner collaboration
● With Location Management and SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management, customers can
manage contracts of their leased assets and be compliant with the latest Leasing regulations, as well as gain
insights into their real estate landscape.
● Integrate with Legal Content Management that enables customers to manage processes related to the
creation and governance of legal content. The legal content produced as a result of Leasing Contract

70 PUBLIC Finance
management business scenarios is integrated into the central repository provided by the Legal Content
Management as a single source of truth for all legal documents
● Enable the SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management solution to archive parts of the dataset
to reduce the data footprint and TCO
● Enable the SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management solution to cover the positive
impairment business scenario, a condition to increase amount of right of use asset
● Integrate to Cash Management to manage daily cash operations and provides general information of your
current cash position and liquidity forecast.
Technical Details
Table 73:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21Q
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA, Australia, Canada, Switzerland, Spain,
France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.4 Contract Accounting: Paid Invoice Processing
Use
With this scope item, you can post authorized credit card payments.

Finance PUBLIC 71
Technical Details
Table 74:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2BI
Scope Item is New
Country Dependency Valid for all Germany, USA, Canada, Great Britain, Ireland
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.5 SAP Analytical Apps for Financial Accounting
Use
This scope item provides overview pages for the Accounts Payable functionality, with a focus on assisting the
Accounts Payable Manager with high-level information about blocked invoices, cash payment discounts, days
payable outstanding, and more.
Overview pages for Accounts Payable Manager with the most needed OVP cards in this release.

72 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 75:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2JB
Scope Item is New

Zealand, Philippines, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzer
land, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.6 Advanced Bank Account Management
Use
● The Review Bank Account Yearly process is simplified. The whole process is handled by the Initiate Review
Process and Manage Review Process apps. No workflow needs to be maintained and the Review log can be
accessed in the app. The Monitor Review Status app is no longer in use.
● Import the ISO 20022 camt.086 format bank fee file into the system with the Import Bank Fee app and provide
a comprehensive view of the services the banks provided and charges paid to banks with Analyze Bank Fee
app.

Finance PUBLIC 73
Technical Details
Table 76:
Technical Name of Scope Item J77
Country Dependency Valid for Australia, Canada, Belgium, Brazil, Denmark, Ger
many, Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Hungary, India,
Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Neth
erlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates,
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.7 Financial Planning and Analysis
Use
In this scope item, you can use the Financial Statement Version (FSV) to support financial planning and analysis.
This FSV can be used within embedded analytics of SAP S/4HANA Cloud and can be leveraged in other solutions
like SAP Analytics Cloud.

74 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details
Table 77:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2FM
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.8 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Convergent Invoicing

Manager
Use
This scope item allows you to analyze billed and unbilled items. The Convergent Invoicing Manager has the
possibility to change the analyzing view based on different dimensions such as amount, number of items, billable
item types, status, dates and processes.
Technical Details
Table 78:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2KF

Finance PUBLIC 75
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.9 Basic Cash Operations
Use
● The Memo Record process is enhanced

● The SAP Fiori app Manage Memo Records replaces the Web Dynpro apps Create Memo Record (FF63) and
Display Memo Records (FF65)
● More functionality – such as unarchiving and deleting a memo record – is available
Technical Details
Table 79:
Technical Name of Scope Item BFB

76 PUBLIC Finance
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.10 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock
Use
Event-based revenue recognition calculation and posting based on stand-alone selling prices and bundling in the
context of IFRS 15. For more information, see SAP Note 2524569.
Technical Details
Table 80:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1K2

Finance PUBLIC 77
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.11 Advanced Cash Operations
Use
● New integration with RE-FX incorporates the cash flow items in the leasing contract into the Cash Flow
Analyzer.
● New integration with FI-CA incorporates the cash flow items in the corresponding contracts into the Cash Flow
Analyzer.
Technical Details
Table 81:

78 PUBLIC Finance
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.12 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Contract Accounting

Manager
Use
This scope item allows you to analyze data in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can create worklists
for clarification cases.
Technical Details
Table 82:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2KH
Scope Item is New

Finance PUBLIC 79
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.13 Bill of Exchange
Use
Support for the localizations France and China.
Technical Details
Table 83:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1WQ
Country Dependency Valid for United Arab Emirates, China, Spain, France, Italy, Ja
pan

80 PUBLIC Finance
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.14 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
● Additional reporting capabilities using the SAP Analytics Cloud platform (additional license required)
● Extended Intercompany reporting
● Upgraded consolidation rules
● Possibility to use SAP Cloud Platform-based data collection tool to enter data for SAP S/4HANA Cloud
affiliates as well as non-SAP S/4HANA Cloud affiliates (additional license required)
Technical Details
Table 84:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1SG

Finance PUBLIC 81
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.15 Accounting and Financial Close
Use
● Analyze unassigned journal entry IDs caused by rollback work statements
Technical Details
Table 85:
USA

82 PUBLIC Finance
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.16 Contract Accounting: Outgoing Payment Processing
Use
With this scope item, you can process payment documents and returns.
Technical Details
Table 86:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2DP
Scope Item is New
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA, Canada, Great Britain, Ireland

Finance PUBLIC 83
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.17 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management
Use
● Enter Basis Spreads
Technical Details
Table 87:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1XN
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA, Australia, Switzerland, China, Great
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

84 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.18 Contract Accounting: Daily and Monthly Closing
Use
With this scope item, you can create transfers to General Ledger and write offs.
Technical Details
Table 88:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2BK
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 85
1.7.19 Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values
Use
● New SAP Fiori app to manage material valuations
Technical Details
Table 89:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZT

See also
Practices Explorer.

86 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.20 Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger
Use
● Integrate with SAP Cloud for Real Estate, a solution built on the SAP Cloud Platform; assist CFOs and
corporate real estate managers to answer key questions regarding space utilization, facility costs, portfolio
composition, and partner collaboration.
manage contracts of their leased assets and be compliant with the latest leasing regulations and gain insights
into their real estate landscape.
● Integrate with Legal Content Management to enable customers to manage processes related to the creation
and governance of legal content. The legal content produced due to Leasing Contract management business
scenarios is integrated into the central repository provided by the Legal Content Management as a single
source of truth for all legal documents.
● Integrate Cash Management to manage daily cash operations and provides general information of your
current cash position and liquidity forecast
Technical Details
Table 90:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21P
France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands, South Africa

Finance PUBLIC 87
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.21 Service Contract
Use
insights into their real estate landscape
impairment business scenario, a condition to increase amount of right of use asset.
Technical Details
Table 91:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21R

88 PUBLIC Finance
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.22 Period-End Closing - Plant
Use
● Additional view
Technical Details
Table 92:
Technical Name of Scope Item BEI


Finance PUBLIC 89
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.23 Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange
Use
The process allows the company to exchange foreign currency with affiliate companies. The system helps to mirror
the contracts and deals automatically when they are maintained in one company.
Technical Details
Table 93:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2F2
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

90 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.24 Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange - Parallel
Ledger
Use
This scope item allows the company to exchange the foreign currency with the affiliate companies and post the
transactions with Parallel Ledger.
Technical Details
Table 94:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2HU
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 91
1.7.25 Commitment Management
Use
Commitment management is part of the cost monitoring process. Commitment items are triggered by purchase
requisitions and purchase orders for projects, and are reduced by various business transactions such as goods
receipts. A project cost report shows Commitments versus Plan and Actual costs.
Technical Details
Table 95:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2I3
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

92 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.26 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based
Services - PL
Use
context of IFRS 15. For more information, see SAP Note 2524569 .
Technical Details
Table 96:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1P0
Country Dependency Valid for Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Denmark, Ger
many, Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indo
nesia, Italy, Japan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Nether
lands, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa,
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 93
1.7.27 Period-End Closing - Projects
Use
● Period-end steps for Assets under Construction (AuC)
Technical Details
Table 97:
Technical Name of Scope Item BNA

See also
Practices Explorer.

94 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.28 Lease-In Accounting
Use
● Integration with SAP Cloud for Real Estate, a solution that is built on the SAP Cloud Platform and assists CFOs
and corporate real estate managers in answering key questions regarding space utilization, facility costs,
portfolio composition, and partner collaboration.
● By using the SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management, an SAP S/4HANA Cloud native
solution together with the Location Management provided by SAP Cloud for Real Estate, customers can
● Integration with Legal Content Management that enables customers to manage processes related to the
creation and governance of legal content.
● The legal content produced as a result of Leasing Contract management business scenarios is integrated into
the central repository provided by the Legal Content Management as a single source of truth for all legal
documents.
to reduce the data footprint and TCO.
● Integration to Cash Management helps you to manage daily cash operations and provides general information
of your current cash position and liquidity forecast.
Technical Details
Table 98:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1T6
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA, Australia, Canada, Switzerland,

China, Spain, France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands, South
Africa

Finance PUBLIC 95
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.29 Contract Accounting: Business Partner and Contract

Account Master Data
Use
With this scope item, you can create and manage master data of business partners and contract accounts.
Technical Details
Table 99:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2AR
Scope Item is New

96 PUBLIC Finance
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.7.30 Treasury Management Integration for Trading Platforms
Use
This scope item provides automatic integration between trading platforms and SAP S/4HANA.
Technical Details
Table 100:
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 97
1.7.31 Convergent Invoicing: Invoice Correction Processing
Use
With this scope item, you can maintain amounts in existing invoices via credit and debit memos.
Technical Details
Table 101:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2BE
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

98 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.32 Hedge Accounting for Cash Flow Hedge supporting IFRS
9
Use
This scope item provides functions to handle Hedge Management and Hedge Accounting processes under IFRS 9.
Technical Details
Table 102:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1XD
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 99
1.7.33 Standard Cost Calculation
Use
● New SAP Fiori app to manage costing runs - estimated costs
Technical Details
Table 103:
Technical Name of Scope Item BEG

See also
Practices Explorer.

100 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.34 Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
● New configuration app to copy plan version

● Additional details in consolidation data
● SAC reports for comparing PLAN versus ACTUAL
Technical Details
Table 104:
Technical Name of Scope Item 28B

See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 101
1.7.35 Data Entry for Cloud Consolidation on SAP Cloud
Platform
Use
This scope item enables the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud Consolidation and the Data Entry for Cloud
Consolidation application (deployed on the SAP Cloud Platform).
Technical Details
Table 105:
Technical Name of Scope Item 287
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

102 PUBLIC Finance
1.7.36 Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance
Use
● Additional Master Data replicated from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to SAP Fieldglass: G/L Account and Company
Code.
Technical Details
Table 106:
Technical Name of Scope Item 19W

See also
Practices Explorer.

Finance PUBLIC 103
1.7.37 Accounts Payable
Use
New process for periodic activities to address year-end closings.
The following SAP Fiori applications have been added to the scope item:
● Accounts Payable Overview: View the most relevant figures and statistics, offering a central point of entry and
an overview of the situation in the accounts payable area for the Accounts Payable Manager.
● Days Payable Outstanding - Indirect Method (SMB): Create DPO statistics based on the indirect calculation
method and perform a more detailed SMB analysis.
● Days Payable Outstanding - Indirect Method (APF): Create DPO statistics based on the indirect calculation
method and perform a more detailed APF analysis.
● Mass Upload for Supplier Invoices: The Accounts Payable Accountant can execute a mass upload of supplier
invoices via an excel file.
● Supplier Balance Confirmation: The Accounts Payable Accountant can check open balances and confirm the
amount in the system during the year-end closing. Additionally, you can print open balance confirmation
letters and track their status.
Technical Details
Table 107:
USA

104 PUBLIC Finance
See also
Practices Explorer.
1.8 Country Specifics
For country-specific changes, please see Country Specifics [page 321].

Finance PUBLIC 105
2 Manufacturing
2.1 Production Planning
2.1.1 Display MRP Master Data Issues (SAP S/4HANA)
With this app you can see all issues concerning master data that were detected during an MRP Live planning run.
The system displays all the issues and restrictions as well as success messages that were created in the last MRP
Live run. You can restrict the issues that are displayed in the list by accepting certain issues and then using filters.
However, the content of this list is refreshed every time MRP Live is carried out and an accepted issue will reappear
in the list after the next planning run if it has not been solved. You can use the information available in this app to
find and analyze materials for which problems occurred in the planning run or which could not be planned at all.
You have the information you need to solve these issues so that the materials can be planned correctly in future
planning runs.
Technical Details
Table 108:
Application Component PP-MRP
Additional Details
You can use this app to do the following, for example:
● View a list of the master data issues in a planner’s area of responsibility.

● Set filters such as material, MRP controller, issue category or plant to search for relevant issues.

106 PUBLIC Manufacturing
● Accept issues and filter according to this acceptance flag.
● Revoke the acceptance of issues.
● Use the navigation options to related apps for a selected issue.
● View detailed information for an issue.
2.1.2 Demand-Driven Replenishment
With this feature, you can use the Demand-Driven Replenishment apps with the following role assigned to your
user: Production Planner. You no longer need the role Master Data Specialist - Product Data assigned to your
user for using the Demand-Driven Replenishment apps.
Technical Details
Table 109:
Application Component PP-DD
See Also
For more information about Demand-Driven Replenishment, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product
Assistance > Manufacturing > Production Planning > Demand-Driven Replenishment
2.1.2.1 Planner Overview
With this feature, you can see in a single page the most important information and tasks related to demand-driven
replenishment that are relevant for you right now.

Manufacturing PUBLIC 107
Technical Details
Table 110:
2.1.2.2 Manage Buffer Levels
With this feature, you can use updated filters that will let you choose the products that are displayed, and a single,
combined variant for both the filters and the table.
Technical Details
Table 111:
Individual variants saved for either the filters or the table will need to be saved again using the combined variant
feature.
2.1.2.3 Buffer Profile Maintenance
With this feature, you can create and maintain a set of buffer profiles and assign them to plants.

Technical Details
Table 112:
2.1.2.4 Mass Maintenance of Products (DD)
With this feature you can use updated filters that will let you choose the products that are displayed, and a single,
combined variant for both the filters and the table.
Technical Details
Table 113:
Individual variants saved for either the filters or the table will need to be saved again using the combined variant
feature.
2.2 Quality Management and Compliance

2.2.1 Record Defects
With this app you can record generic defects that do not have any specific reference object, such as an inspection
characteristic.
Generic defects represent their own distinct defect category. The defect category is assigned automatically and
cannot be changed.
You can also use the SAP CoPilot app Record Defects to record generic defects.
Technical Details
Table 114:
Application Component QM-IM
2.2.2 Display Defects
With this app you can use various filter criteria to search for generic defects.
The search result offers various editing options:
● You can change the status of one or more defects directly in the worklist.
● You can jump to defect processing from the worklist to display or edit generic defects.
● You can create generic defects.
Technical Details
Table 115:
Application Component QM-IM

2.2.3 Quality Notifications
This feature enables you to create and edit quality notifications and quality notification tasks. There are various
classic apps available in two new business catalogs for this:
● QM - Notifications (SAP_QM_BC_NOTIFICATIONS_PC)
○ Create Quality Notification
○ Change Quality Notification
○ Display Quality Notification
○ Change Quality Notifications - Worklist
○ Display Quality Notifications - Worklist
● QM - Notification Tasks (SAP_QM_BC_NOTIF_TASK_PC)
○ Change Quality Notification Tasks - Worklist
○ Display Quality Notification Tasks - Worklist
Technical Details
Table 116:
Application Component QM-QN
2.2.4 Quality Engineer Overview
With this feature, you can view the quality levels for characteristics and inspection lots, and the inspection severity
of the next inspection stage.
Technical Details
Table 117:
Application Component QM-FIO-IM

2.2.5 Manage Quality Levels
With this feature, you can display and manage quality levels for inspection lots and inspection characteristics. You
can view quality level history, and tighten and reset quality levels.
Technical Details
Table 118:
Application Component QM-QC
2.2.6 Quality Level History
With this feature, the skip rate of inspection lots and inspection characteristics is calculated. You can also use this
feature to analyze quality levels.
Technical Details
Table 119:
Application Component QM-QC
2.2.7 App Extensibility for Classic Applications

2.2.7.1 App Extensibility: Process Inspection Lots - Worklist
This feature enables you to extend the Process Inspection Lots - Worklist app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 120:
See Also
For more information, look for the section Quality Management and Compliance under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance Manufacturing .
2.2.7.2 App Extensibility: Display Inspection Lots - Worklist
This feature enables you to extend the Display Inspection Lots - Worklist app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 121:

See Also
For more information, look for the section Quality Management and Compliance under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance Manufacturing .
2.3 Plant Management Overview
This feature enables you to view the most important KPIs and activities relevant for a plant manager right now. The
information is displayed on a set of actionable cards.
You can access the Plant Management Overview app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 122:
Application Component LO-GEN-FIO-PMG-OVP
2.4.1 Subsidiary as Production Unit and Internal Supplier to

Headquarters
Use
This scope item runs as a Make-to-Order scenario at a subsidiary. During sales order, delivery, and billing
processing, electronic messages are exchanged between subsidiary and headquarters.

Technical Details
Table 123:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21T
Scope Item is New

Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Italy, Ja
pan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, New Zea
land, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden,
See also
Practices Explorer.
2.4.2 Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration
Use
● Enablement of fast data entry for characteristic values

Technical Details
Table 124:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1YT

See also
Practices Explorer.
2.4.3 Integration of SAP Manufacturing Execution to

Production Operation
Use
Integration of SAP Manufacturing Execution to Production Operation offers you intelligence on the shop floor,
enables a batch size of one, supports handover from engineering to manufacturing, and provides state-of-the art
production execution.

Technical Details
Table 125:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2JN
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.
2.4.4 Integration of Manufacturing Execution System to

Production Operation
Use
● Expansion of Process Diagram

Technical Details
Table 126:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1Y5
See also
Practices Explorer.
2.4.5 Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration
Use
● Enable fast data entry for characteristic values
Technical Details
Table 127:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21D

See also
Practices Explorer.

3 Professional Services
3.1 Customer Project Management
3.1.1 Create and Update Commercial Projects
This OData service enables external systems and other consumers outside SAP S/4HANA Cloud to create and
update customer and internal projects through API calls. The service contains project, work package, work item,
and demand nodes.
Technical Details
Table 128:
Application Component CA-CPD-SS
See Also
For more information, look for the Create and Update Commercial Project OData API under https://api.sap.com/
APIs SAP S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .
3.2 Resource Management

120 PUBLIC Professional Services
3.2.1 Creation of Change Documents for Assignments
Whenever an assignment for a resource or a resource request is created, changed, or deleted, this action is
automatically recorded. You can now view a list of assignment changes for resources and resource requests.
Technical Details
Table 129:
Application Component CA-RSH-PS
Additional Details
Each change record corresponds to one change document. For resources, change documents are shown for the
last three months. For resource requests, change documents are shown for all assignments that were created for a
request. You can use filters to narrow down or extend the list of change documents shown.
The resource details and the resource requests details now include a link (View Assignment Changes) for opening
the list of change documents.
See Also
For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional Services
Resource Management .
3.2.2 Default Read Access Logging Configurations
Default read access logging (RAL) configurations are delivered for various applications. You can use RAL to
monitor and log access to personal data. The information provided may include, for example, which users

Professional Services PUBLIC 121
accessed resource or request data, and in which time frame. Logging happens, for example, for fields related to the
following:
● Resource data (for example, ID, skills, picture)

● Resource request data (for example, customer, required skills)
To have RAL enabled, please contact the SAP Service Center. Once enabled, you must also contact them to obtain
a copy of the RAL logs for your applications.
Technical Details
Table 130:
See Also
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Generic Information Security
Aspects Data Protection Read Access Logging (RAL) .
3.3.1 Internal Project Management
Use
● API for project creation

● Additional CDS views for project analysis
Technical Details
Table 131:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1A8
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

3.3.2 Concur - Financial Integration
Use
Technical Details
Table 132:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1M1
See also
Practices Explorer.
3.3.3 Customer Project Management
Use
● API for project creation

● Web IMG for expense types
● Additional CDS views for project analysis

● Bundling functionality for IFRS 15
Technical Details
Table 133:
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
3.3.4 Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based

Services
Use
● Create limits for items for the purchase requisition

● Workflow for invoices without purchase order relation
Technical Details
Table 134:
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
3.3.5 Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services
Use
● Text transfer to billing proposal app

● Add long text

● Customer material information record in Professional Service
Technical Details
Table 135:
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
3.3.6 Basic Resource Management - Project-Based Services
Use
For a resource manager, this scope item allows you to monitor the resource utilization and the staffing of resource
requests, ensuring optimal resource utilization and efficient project staffing.

Technical Details
Table 136:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2MV
Scope Item is New
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
3.3.7 Advanced Resource Management - Project-Based

Services
Use
You can now view change documents for assignments.

Technical Details
Table 137:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1KC
Country Dependency Valid for Australia, Brazil, Canada, Belgium, Denmark, Ger
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

4 Sales
4.1 Order and Contract Management
4.1.1 Sales Master Data Management
4.1.1.1 Manage Customer Materials
With this app, you can now maintain the following three fields: Unit of Measure, Classification, and Text.
Technical Details
Table 138:
Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)
See Also
For more information about Manage Customer Materials, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Master Data
Management .

130 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.1.2 Read Customer Materials
The OData service API_CUSTOMER_MATERIAL_SRV enables external applications to integrate with read methods
for processing customer materials in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve customer material info
records in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 139:
Additional Details
This interface is also available in the SAP API Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).
4.1.1.2.1 Extensibility: Read Customer Materials
You can extend the OData Service API_CUSTOMER_MATERIAL_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 140:

Sales PUBLIC 131
Additional Details
For more information, see the SAP API Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).
4.1.1.3 Manage Sales Item Proposals
This feature enables you to search for, create, edit, and delete sales item proposals according to your filter criteria.
Technical Details
Table 141:
Application Component SD-SLS-SO
See Also
For more information, look for the section Sales under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA
4.1.1.3.1 App Extensibility: Manage Sales Item Proposals
This feature enables you to extend the Manage Sales Item Proposals app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 142:

132 PUBLIC Sales
See Also
4.1.2 Sales Contract Management
4.1.2.1 Incompleteness Procedures
You can now define when a sales and distribution document should be regarded as incomplete (that is, which fields
are mandatory when a user creates a sales and distribution document) and how the system should respond when
a user creates a document.
Technical Details
Table 143:
Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)
Additional Details
This app is available for the key user in the app Manage Your Solution.

Sales PUBLIC 133
4.1.2.2 Read Sales Contracts
The OData service API_SALES_CONTRACT_SRV enables external applications to integrate with read methods for
processing sales contracts in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve sales contracts in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 144:
Additional Details
4.1.2.2.1 Extensibility for Read Sales Contracts
You can extend the OData Service API_SALES_CONTRACT_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 145:

134 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details
4.1.3 Sales Order Management and Processing
4.1.3.1 Manage Sales Orders
In this app, you can now perform actions on multiple sales orders simultaneously. You can, for example, select the
top 25 sales orders that are displayed in your worklist and set a billing block for them.
Technical Details
Table 146:
See Also
For more information on the Manage Sales Orders app, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and
Processing .
4.1.3.2 Process Sales Orders
With this OData service, you can now also delete the following entities for an existing sales order: header, header
partner, header pricing element, item, item partner, and item pricing element.

Sales PUBLIC 135
Technical Details
Table 147:
Additional Details
4.1.3.3 Read Sales Inquiries
The OData service API_SALES_INQUIRY_SRV enables external applications to integrate with read methods for
processing sales inquiries in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve sales inquiries in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 148:
Additional Details

136 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.3.3.1 Extensibility: Read Sales Inquiries
You can extend the OData Service API_SALES_INQUIRY_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 149:
Additional Details
4.1.3.4 Read Sales Quotations
The OData service API_SALES_QUOTATION_SRV enables external applications to integrate with read methods for
processing sales quotations in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve sales quotations in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 150:

Sales PUBLIC 137
Additional Details
4.1.3.4.1 Extensibility: Read Sales Quotations
You can extend the OData Service API_SALES_QUOTATION_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 151:
Additional Details
4.1.3.5 Payment Cards in Sales
You can now make settings to handle payment cards across a variety of business processes in Sales.
In particular, you can assign payment plan types for payment cards to all sales document types in which you will be
using payment cards.
For each card type, you can also specify the number of days that authorizations are valid for.
By assigning checking groups, you can control how the system checks and authorizes payment card data in
various SD documents.

138 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details
Table 152:
Application Component SD-BIL-IV (Processing Billing Documents)
Additional Details
This app is available for the key user from the app Manage Your Solution.
4.1.3.6 Incompleteness Procedures
You can now define when a sales and distribution document should be regarded as incomplete (that is, which fields
are mandatory when a user creates a sales and distribution document) and how the system should respond when
a user creates a document.
Technical Details
Table 153:
Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)
Additional Details
This app is available for the key user in the app Manage Your Solution.

Sales PUBLIC 139
4.1.3.7 Assign Output Types
This feature lets you enable and disable the issuing of changed document output types. Changed document
output can be issued when changes to document attributes, at the header and/or item level, are detected. You can
customize document attributes to be tracked for changes and which messages are to be captured in the output
PDF document issued as changed document output.
You can find Assign Output Types in the Manage Your Solution app.
Technical Details
Table 154:
Application Component SD
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA release> Product Assistance
Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing Output for Sales
Documents .
4.1.3.8 Manage Sales Documents with Customer Expected

Price
This feature enables you to display sales document items which are locked due to discrepancies between the
customer expected price and the net price until the discrepancy is resolved. You can discard the customer
expected price for the selected sales document item or reject it, effectively releasing the sales document for
subsequent document processing.

140 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details
Table 155:
Application Component SD-SLS-GF-RE
See Also
4.1.3.9 Deprecation of Classic Apps Listing Incomplete Sales

Documents
The List Incomplete Sales Documents Fiori app replaces the following classic apps:
● List Incomplete Sales Documents - V.01

● List Incomplete Sales Inquiries - V.03
● List Incomplete Sales Quotations - V.04
● List Incomplete Sales Contracts - V.06
Technical Details
Table 156:
Product Feature is Deleted
Application Component SD-SLS-GF

Sales PUBLIC 141
The following classic apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805:
● List Incomplete Sales Documents - V.01

● List Incomplete Sales Inquiries - V.03
● List Incomplete Sales Quotations - V.04
● List Incomplete Sales Contracts - V.06
See Also
For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana
<Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance .
4.1.4 Billing and Invoicing
4.1.4.1 OData API for Billing Documents (Read)
This OData service enables external systems and other consumers outside SAP S/4HANA Cloud to read billing
document data through API calls. You can use it to let external systems retrieve billing document data from your
SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. The service contains header, item, business partner, and pricing element nodes.
Technical Details
Table 157:
Application Component SD-BIL (SD Billing)

142 PUBLIC Sales
See Also
For more information, look for the Read Billing Documents OData API under https://api.sap.com/ APIs SAP
S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .
4.1.4.2 Manage Billing Document Requests
With this app, you can use a worklist to display, filter, sort, and group all billing document requests (BDRs) in the
system. You can also create, reject, and delete BDRs. The system uses BDRs to persist billing data from external
sources such as integrated external systems and spreadsheet files. Once they exist in the system, BDRs also
appear alongside other billable sales and distribution (SD) documents in the billing due list of the Create Billing
Documents app.
Note
In the current release, external billing document requests (EBDRs) are the only possible type of billing
document request (BDR). Therefore, the app can currently only display EBDRs.
Technical Details
Table 158:
See Also
For more information about the Manage Billing Document Requests app, look for the section Manage Billing
Document Requests under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and
Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

Sales PUBLIC 143
4.1.4.3 Billing Document Request
This object page has been renamed from External Billing Document Request to Billing Document Request. This
change in terminology was made to allow for future extensions of the billing document request (BDR) concept.
The function of the object page remains the same: It displays an overview of BDR details.
Note
External billing document requests (defined as billing document requests that contain billing data from sources
that are external to your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system) will continue to exist as one subcategory of billing
document requests. In the current release, external billing document requests (EBDRs) are the only possible
type of billing document request (BDR). Therefore, the object page can currently only display EBDRs.
In addition to this change, two fields on the object page have been renamed for improved clarity. The following
table shows the field name changes.
Old Field Name New Field Name Description
BDR Reference Source Document Source document reference for the data
contained in the billing document
request
BDR Reference System Source System Source system of the data contained in
the billing document request
Technical Details
Table 159:
Application Component SD-BIL SD Billing
See Also
For more information about the Billing Document Request app, look for the section Billing Document Request
under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management
Billing and Invoicing .

144 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.4.4 Create Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can create preliminary billing documents from billing due list items such as sales orders,
outbound deliveries, and debit memo requests.
Technical Details
Table 160:
Additional Details
You create preliminary billing documents purely for negotiation purposes. You can show them to customers to
align on exact details (such as prices, payment terms, and the billing date). Preliminary billing documents are
relevant for output, but not for posting to financial accounting. Once you have reached an agreement with your
customers regarding the document's final form, you can use the Manage Preliminary Billing Documents app to
convert preliminary billing documents to billing documents. These billing documents can then be posted, output,
and sent out to customers in the usual way.
See Also
For more information about the Create Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Create Preliminary
Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract
Management Billing and Invoicing .
4.1.4.5 Manage Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can use a worklist to display, filter, sort, and group all preliminary billing documents in the
system. You can also reject existing preliminary billing documents. As the final step of the lifecycle, you can convert
your preliminary billing documents to billing documents.

Sales PUBLIC 145
Technical Details
Table 161:
Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Manage Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Manage
Preliminary Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order
and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .
4.1.4.6 Preliminary Billing Document
With this app, you can display an overview of a preliminary billing document's details and contextual information.
Examples include total amount, billing date, status, terms and conditions, and texts, as well as pricing and tax
information on header and item level.
Technical Details
Table 162:

146 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Preliminary Billing Document app, look for the section Preliminary Billing Document
4.1.4.7 Change Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can change certain attributes of preliminary billing documents (such as prices, texts, and billing
date) to better align them with your customer's expectations. You can also add and remove attachments, generate
PDF-based print previews and send document output.
Technical Details
Table 163:

Sales PUBLIC 147
Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Change Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Change Preliminary
4.1.4.8 Display Prelimininary Billing Documents
With this app, you can display preliminary billing documents in greater detail than with the Preliminary Billing
Document object page.
● Header details include general information, accounting data, price and tax data, partner data, and more.
● Item details include material details, item description, net and gross weight, item partners, purchase order
data, and more.
You can also do the following:
● Generate a PDF-based print preview of the preliminary billing document

● Send preliminary billing document output
● Navigate to the document flow and the pricing conditions for the header
● Navigate to the Change Preliminary Billing Documents app to edit the displayed preliminary billing document
Technical Details
Table 164:

148 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Display Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Display Preliminary
4.1.4.9 Schedule Billing Output
In this app, you can now specify a sort order for the billing documents that you include in your output jobs. You can
choose from a selection of predetermined sorting criteria, such as the following:
● Billing Document / Item / Channel (Descending)

● Partner Function / Customer / Channel (Ascending)
● Channel / Billing Document / Item (Descending)
The sort order that you choose is applied to the billing documents in your output job, meaning that the documents
will be output in that same sequence.
Technical Details
Table 165:

Sales PUBLIC 149
See Also
For more information about the Schedule Billing Output app, look for the section Schedule Billing Output
4.1.4.10 Payment Cards in Sales
Technical Details
Table 166:
Additional Details
4.1.5 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

150 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.5.1 Manage Sales Plans
With this feature you as a sales manager can now display sales plans that have been created and released by sales
employees who report directly to you.
Technical Details
Table 167:
See Also
For more information about the Manage Sales Plans app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .
4.1.5.2 Sales Performance - Plan/Actual
This feature enables you to compare planned and actual sales data on different dimensions, such as sales
organization, customer, and material. By doing so, you can analyze to what extent your sales targets are being
achieved and thus gain insights into your current sales performance.
You use this app after you have created at least one sales plan, or a sales employee who reports directly to you has
created and released at least one sales plan in the Manage Sales Plans app.
Technical Details
Table 168:

Sales PUBLIC 151
See Also
For more information about the Sales Performance - Plan/Actual app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .
For more information about the Manage Sales Plans app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .
4.1.5.3 Track Sales Order Details
With this feature, you can visualize the fulfillment status for sales orders with and without issues, starting from any
sales order, for example, via the Track Sales Orders, Sales Order Fulfillment, or Manage Sales Orders app.
A tree structure on the left shows all the relevant documents for the corresponding sales document. The top node
of the tree shows the entire fulfillment process, with the relevant business objects underneath.
On the right, you can display further details for the business objects in the context of their fulfillment, including the
process flow for the top node. If the process flow contains an issue, you can navigate via a smart link to resolve
sales order fulfillment issues.
Technical Details
Table 169:
Application Component SD-SLS
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and
Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

152 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.5.4 Mass Actions
With this feature, you can carry out the following mass actions for Track Sales Orders:
● Create sales order

● Reject all items
● Set delivery block
● Remove delivery block
● Set billing block
● Remove billing block
Technical Details
Table 170:
See Also
4.1.5.5 My Sales Overview
With this app, you can now navigate to a specific customer return in the Manage Customer Returns application.
Technical Details
Table 171:

Sales PUBLIC 153
See Also
For more information about My Sales Overview, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and
Analytics .
4.1.6 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management
4.1.6.1 Manage Customer Returns
With this feature, you can now select different follow-up activities for the items in a customer return. Whereas
Manage Customer Returns previously set Receive into Plant as the default follow-up activity, you can now also
select from the Direct Shipment to Supplier, Inspection at Customer Site, and Material Remains at Customer Site
follow-up activities.
Technical Details
Table 172:
Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Complaints)
The SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog replaces the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business

catalog. You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacement in parallel for two releases.
However, for the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog, this procedure is not possible, because

154 PUBLIC Sales
when the My Sales Overview application triggers navigation to Manage Customer Returns, it calls an intent and
preferred technology. Since both versions of the Manage Customer Returns application share the same intent and
technology, My Sales Overview will randomly call one version (either old or new). In order for the system to only call
the preferred version of the application, you may only have one business catalog assigned. Therefore, you need to
reassign your roles and users to the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog immediately by using the
app Business Catalogs. The SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business catalog will be deleted with SAP S/
4HANA Cloud 1805.
See Also
For more information on the Manage Customer Returns application, look for the relevant section under http://
help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Claims,
Returns, and Refund Management .
4.1.6.2 Read Customer Returns
The OData service API_CUSTOMER_RETURN_SRV enables external applications to integrate with read methods for
processing customer returns in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve customer returns in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 173:
Additional Details
4.1.6.2.1 Extensibility for Read Customer Returns
You can extend the OData Service API_CUSTOMER_RETURN_SRV according to your business needs.

Sales PUBLIC 155
Technical Details
Table 174:
Additional Details
4.1.6.3 Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
Technical Details
Table 175:
See Also
For more information on the Manage Sales Orders - Services app, look for the relevant section under http://

156 PUBLIC Sales
4.1.6.4 Manage Credit Memo Request Workflow
This feature enables you to configure workflows to optimize the approval process for credit memo requests. The
workflow allows you to define conditions under which to automatically release credit memo requests as well as to
define approvers for requests that need to be verified.
Technical Details
Table 176:
See Also
For more information about the Manage Credit Memo Request Workflow app, look for the relevant section under
http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Claims,
4.1.6.5 Process Credit Memo Requests
The OData service API_CREDIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV enables external applications to integrate with credit memo
request processing in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve credit memo requests in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 177:

Sales PUBLIC 157
Additional Details
4.1.6.5.1 Extensibility: Process Credit Memo Requests
You can extend the OData Service API_CREDIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 178:
Additional Details
4.1.6.6 Process Debit Memo Requests
The OData service API_DEBIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV enables external applications to integrate with debit memo
request processing in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It enables you to retrieve debit memo requests in an API call.
Technical Details
Table 179:

158 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details
4.1.6.6.1 Extensibility: Process Debit Memo Requests
You can extend the OData Service API_DEBIT_MEMO_REQUEST_SRV according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 180:
Additional Details
4.1.7 Default Values
You can set default values for new parameters in your user settings from the SAP Fiori Launchpad. By doing so,
those default values are applied as filters in relevant sales apps.

Sales PUBLIC 159
Technical Details
Table 181:
SD-SLS-RE (Complaints)
Additional Details
You can set default values for the following new parameters in the user settings:
Table 182:
New Parameters Relevant Sales Apps
Sales Organization Manage Sales Orders
Distribution Channel Manage Sales Contracts
Division Manage Sales Quotations
Sales Office Manage Credit Memo Requests
Sales Group Manage Debit Memo Requests
Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
Track Sales Orders
Sales Organization Manage Customer Returns
Distribution Channel
Division
4.1.8 Extensibility for Sales BAPIs
This feature enables you to extend the following Business Application Programming Interfaces (BAPIs) according
to your business needs:
● Create Sales Inquiry

● Change Sales Inquiry
● Create Sales Quotation
● Change Sales Quotation

160 PUBLIC Sales
● Create Sales Order
● Change Sales Order
● Create Sales Contract
● Change Sales Contract
Technical Details
Table 183:
Application Component SD-SLS-GF-IF
Additional Details
Extensibility for the BAPIs mentioned above is automatically enabled for all custom fields created in the Custom
Fields and Logic app for the following business contexts:
● Sales Document
● Sales Document Item
See Also
For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana
For more information about extensibility options and procedures, see section Extensibility under http://
help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance Generic Information
General Functions for the Key User .

Sales PUBLIC 161
4.2.1 Direct Debit
Use
● New direct debit payment medium format for US
Technical Details
Table 184:
Technical Name of Scope Item 19M

Great Britain, France, Hungary, Indonesia, Italy, Ireland, Lux
embourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Spain, Swit
zerland, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

162 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.2 Sales Rebate Processing
Use
If the minimum sales turnover is not reached, no accruals should be created and no existing accruals should be
reversed. This is controlled via the Rebate Unlikelihood condition type.
Technical Details
Table 185:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1B6

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 163
4.2.3 Credit Memo Processing
Use
A credit memo request approval workflow can be triggered to approve credit memo requests. Approval levels can
be flexibly adapted.
Technical Details
Table 186:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1EZ

See also
Practices Explorer.

164 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.4 Integration with Third-Party Sales Force Automation
System
Use
● Read sales orders from SAP S/4HANA Cloud

● New fields added for changing/upgrading a sales order in SAP S/4HANA Cloud
● Header fields (HeaderBillingBlockReason, DeliveryBlockReason, RequestedDeliveryDate)
● Item fields (Material, SalesOrderItemText, Quantity)
Technical Details
Table 187:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1QI
See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 165
4.2.5 Digital Payments Integration
Use
The following SAP Fiori app has been added to the scope item:
● Display Payment Card Data: The Accounts Receivable Accountant can view an overview of all card payments
and display payment entries, authorizations, and settlements.
Technical Details
Table 188:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1S2

See also
Practices Explorer.

166 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.6 Legal Control
Use
This scope item supports global trade compliance with checks of relevant documents for adherence to the defined
trade regulations.
Technical Details
Table 189:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1W8
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 167
4.2.7 Watchlist Screening
Use
With this scope item, you can screen SAP S/4HANA Cloud logistics documents against a sanctioned party list
utilizing SAP Watch List Screening as part of international trade compliance.
Technical Details
Table 190:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1WE
Scope Item is New
Country Dependency Valid for Canada, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Great Britain,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
Sweden
See also
Practices Explorer.

168 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.8 Accelerated Third Party Returns
Use
In this scope item, materials are shipped to the customer via third-party delivery. The customer returns these
materials directly to the supplier.
Technical Details
Table 191:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1Z3
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 169
4.2.9 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement
Use
This scope items describes how to integrate SAP S/4HANA Cloud with procurement systems. You can receive
purchase orders from a procurement system, which automatically create a sales order in your S/4HANA Cloud. An
order confirmation, advance shipping notice, and invoice is sent back to the purchasing system.
Technical Details
Table 192:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2EL
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

170 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.10 Sale of Services
Use
This scope item covers sales order processing of service items without delivery and order-related billing. It allows
the sales of services without delivery and direct (order-related) billing.
Technical Details
Table 193:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2EQ
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 171
4.2.11 Sales Order Processing for Non-Stock Material
Use
This scope item handles sales order processing of non-stock items with delivery and delivery-related billing. With
creation of a delivery, the goods issue is reflected by a confirmation posting. Non-stock items can be handled
along with stock items on one sales order.
Technical Details
Table 194:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2ET
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

172 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.12 Intercompany Process for Customer Returns
Use
This scope item allows the company to manage customer returns and refunds using affiliated plants in an effective
and efficient way. This scope item enhances the scope item Accelerated Customer Returns (BKP)
with intercompany capabilities.
Technical Details
Table 195:
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 173
4.2.13 Basic Available-to-Promise Processing
Use
The basic ATP (bATP) functionality provides the standard availability check features. The standard SAP S/4HANA
ATP comprises the features for Product Availability Check and Rescheduling.
Technical Details
Table 196:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2LN
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

174 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.14 Integration of External Payments to Digital Payments
Use
The scope item enables the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and the SAP digital payments add-on. With
this, you can use external payment methods in SAP S/4HANA for incoming payments.
Technical Details
Table 197:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2LZ
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 175
4.2.15 Integration of External Payments to Customer
Payments
Use
This scope item enables the payment method external payment, which can be used with the help of external billing
systems.
Technical Details
Table 198:
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

176 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.16 Sell from Stock
Use
Technical Details
Table 199:
Technical Name of Scope Item BD9

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 177
4.2.17 Collections and Dispute Management
Use
The following new SAP Fiori application has been added to the scope item:
● Cash Collection Tracker: The Accounts Receivable Manager can monitor the actual cash collection progress
against the target performed by the Accounts Receivable Accountant.
The following SAP Fiori application has been changed:
● Process Collections Worklist: Enables the Accounts Receivable Accountant to perform mass correspondence.
Technical Details
Table 200:
Technical Name of Scope Item BFC
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

178 PUBLIC Sales
4.2.18 Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo
Use
Technical Details
Table 201:
Technical Name of Scope Item BKL

See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 179
4.2.19 Accounts Receivable
Use
● Display Correspondence History: The Accounts Receivable Accountant can display the history of a customer
correspondence including all sent documents. Additionally, you can reprint documents and create a new
correspondence to provide Information requested by your customers.
● Customer Balance Confirmation: The Accounts Receivable Accountant can check open balances and confirm
the amount in the system during the year-end closing to an external auditor. Additionally, you can print open
balances letters and track their actual status.
Technical Details
Table 202:
USA

180 PUBLIC Sales
See also
Practices Explorer.

Sales PUBLIC 181
5 Sourcing and Procurement
5.1 Blocking and Deletion of Personal Data in Sourcing and

Procurement
This feature enables you to block and delete personal data in a simplified way by using SAP Information Lifecycle
Management (ILM).
Business partner master data can be blocked as soon as business activities that use this data are completed and
the residence period for the data has elapsed; after this time, only users with additional authorizations can access
this data. In Sourcing and Procurement, different app types have different ways of allowing authorized users to
display the blocked suppliers.
For the business documents listed below, users with the special authorization (B_BUP_PCPT – Business Partner:
Purpose Completed; Activity 03 – Display) have to choose the listed option:
Table 203: Blocked Documents and Display Option
Business Document Display Option for Blocked Documents
● Service entry sheet ● Using the Fiori apps

● Request for quotation
● Supplier quotation
● Quota arrangement
● Supplier invoice
● Purchase requisition ● Using the "Advanced" or "Professional" Fiori apps

● Purchase order
● Purchase contract
● Scheduling agreement
● Shopping cart
● Purchasing info record
In apps of Supplier and Category Management, all entries related to blocked suppliers are displayed as Business
Partner Blocked, and all supplier-related links are disabled. Evaluation scorecards for the blocked suppliers are not
displayed in the scorecards list in the Display Scorecards app.

182 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details
Table 204:
Application Component MM-PUR, MM-IV, SLC
Additional Details
When the retention period for data expires, personal data of the business partner can be destroyed completely so
that it can no longer be retrieved. Retention periods must be defined in the customer system.
Based on the retention period defined for data in the customer system, you can perform an end-of-purpose (EoP)
check that determines whether this data is still relevant for business activities. If it is no longer relevant, the
business partner can be blocked.
The retention period is part of the overall lifecycle of personal data, which consists of the following phases:
● Business activity: The relevant data is used in ongoing business, for example, contract creation, delivery,
payment.
● Residence period: The data remains in the database and can be used in subsequent processes related to the
original purpose, for example, reporting obligations.
● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business
users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case
of mandatory legal provisions.
● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database.
Blocking of data can impact system behavior in the following ways:
● Display: The system does not display blocked data.

● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.
● Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.
● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business
object that contains blocked data.
Only users with special authorization can display blocked data; they are not authorized, however, to create,
change, or copy business objects with blocked data, or perform follow-up activities with these business objects.
See Also
For more information about the deletion of personal data in Sourcing and Procurement, see
● the relevant chapters under https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD 1711

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 183
○ Product Assistance Generic Information Security Aspects Data Protection .
○
● Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Data Archiving in Sourcing and Procurement End of
Purpose (EoP) Check for Business Partners in Sourcing and Procurement .
5.2 Sourcing
5.2.1 Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional
With this feature, you can create purchase requisitions for limit items. You can also assign multiple accounting
lines to a purchase requisition item. You can enableprice validation for purchase requisition items that are added
from catalogs.
Technical Details
Table 205:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-PRF
You can define the type of price validation for catalogs using the Settings for Web Services app. Based on the type
of validation you choose, either the updated price from the catalog appears against the item or the notifications for
updated price appear on the user interface when you order a purchase requisition.
5.2.2 Manage Scheduling Agreements
The following new features are available in the Manage Scheduling Agreement application.

● Copy Conditions: Using this feature, you can copy existing conditions to a new validity period of the scheduling
agreement document. If you are selecting and copying the existing base condition, then depending on the
validity periods specified in the new date range, the splitting or overlapping of conditions takes place.
● Multiple Account Assignment: You can now assign a scheduling agreement item to several accounts. You can
define how the quantity and value of the scheduling agreement items are distributed to individual account
assignment items.Multiple account assignments are now supported for the scheduling agreement document.
The account assignments are now distributed on quantity and percentage basis. The Partial Invoice for the
document can be derived from account assignment category, distributed in sequence, or distributed
proportionally.
● User Interface Header screen: If you want to release the scheduling agreement document and choose the
Release button on the list page, the application launches the User Interface screen. You can select the release
type accordingly.
Technical Details
Table 206:
Country Dependency Valid for all counties
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH
5.2.2.1 Manage Workflows for Scheduling Agreements
With this feature, you can use the flexible workflow for scheduling agreements, enabling you to optimize the
approval process.
The flexible workflow allows you to use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval process.
You can use theManage Workflows for Scheduling Agreement application, to determine the approver of the
workflow, for example, the manager of the workflow initiator, or to directly assign a specific user. You can define
start conditions for a workflow and for each approval step. Also, you can define the order in which the start
conditions of existing workflows are checked. You can add new workflows, or copy existing ones and modify them
according to your requirements.
Technical Details
Table 207:

Country Dependency Valid for all Countries
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH
5.2.3 Monitor Purchasing Info Record Price History
Use
This feature enables you to monitor multiple purchasing info records and their price history details (date, price,
and units), based on certain filter criteria.
You can access this app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 208:
Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC
5.2.4 Subcontracting Cockpit
Use
This feature enables you to monitor pending purchase order items, using certain filter criteria such as
subcontractor, plant, component, assembly, and material group.

Technical Details
Table 209:
Application Component MM-IM
5.2.5 Manage RFQs
With this feature, you can do the following:
● Use the archiving object MM_EKKO for archiving purchasing documents

● Assign legal transactions to an RFQ
Technical Details
Table 210:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-RFQ
5.2.6 App Extensibility: Manage RFQs
This feature enables you to extend the Manage RFQs app according to your business needs.
Key users can extend the app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the following business contexts:
● Purchasing Document
● Purchasing Document Item
Key users can extend the Adobe output forms in the Adobe LiveCycle Designer with custom fields created in the
Custom Fields and Logic app for the following business contexts:

Technical Details
Table 211:
5.2.7 App Extensibility: Manage Supplier Quotations
This feature enables you to extend the Manage Supplier Quotations app according to your business needs.
Key users can extend the app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the following business contexts:
Technical Details
Table 212:
5.2.8 OData Service for Quota Arrangements API
This service enables a remote system to read quota arrangements from the SAP S/4HANA tenant.

Technical Details
Table 213:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-QTA
See Also
This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ )
5.2.9 OData Service for Purchasing Sources API
This service enables a remote system to read purchasing sources from the SAP S/4HANA tenant.
Technical Details
Table 214:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR
See Also

5.3 Contract Management
5.3.1 Manage Purchase Contracts
This feature enables you to:
● Check the contract value that has been consumed so far in all the release orders issued against this contract,
along with the release order details.
● Display contract leakage percentage. Contract leakage is a KPI that returns the spend of purchase orders that
do not have a contract reference, although an existing contract could have been used. You can also display and
analyze the list of purchase orders to determine the reasons for the contract leakage and to decide whether to
use this contract in future.
● Search for legal transactions and assign them to a contract.
● Display contract approvers for all contracts. If a contract is approved automatically, the status Automatically
approved appears in the Approver column. On the other hand, if you have not submitted the contract for
approval, the status Workflow not yet started appears in the Approver column. For more information, see
Manage Workflows for Purchase Contracts [page 191]
● Copy existing conditions and modify them to suit your requirements.This reduces both the time and effort you
spend on filling out the data.
● Assign one or more account assignments to a contract item. Multiple account assignments allow you to define
how the quantity and value of the contract items are distributed to individual account assignment items.
Additionally, you can also specify whether invoice amounts in partial invoices are to be distributed
proportionally or in a sequence among the individual account assignments.
● Displays the total value of a contract item along with the number of times this item is used in all the release
orders. This enables you to understand the consumption trend of a contract item over a period of time.
Technical Details
Table 215:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-OA
5.3.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Contracts
This feature enables you to extend the Manage Purchase Contracts app according to your business needs.

Technical Details
Table 216:
See Also
For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement under http://help.sap.com/s4hana
5.3.2 Manage Workflows for Purchase Contracts
With this feature, you can enhance the purchase contract approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use
automatic, one-step, or multi-step approval.
You can use the Manage Workflows for Purchase Contracts app to determine the approver of the workflow, for
example, the manager of the workflow initiator, or to directly assign a specific user. You can define start conditions
for a workflow and for each approval step. Also, you can define the order in which the start conditions of existing
workflows are checked. You can add new steps to a workflow at any time.
You can add new workflows, or copy existing ones and modify them according to your requirements.
Technical Details
Table 217:
Application Component MM-PUR-OA-CON

On the Fiori launchpad, you can find the configuration app Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Contracts under
Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution .
See Also
For more information, see Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Contract Management Manage
Workflows for Purchase Contracts under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711.
5.3.3 Monitor Purchase Contract Items
Use
With this feature, you can now do the following:
● Directly renew an existing contract from within this app

● Specify both the validity date and the target value
● Review the contract consumption over time
Technical Details
Table 218:
5.4 Operational Procurement

5.4.1 Replacement of App: Purchase Order Approval Value
The flexible workflow features available in the app Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders replace the app
Purchase Order Approval Value. The app Purchase Order Approval Value will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud
1805.
You can use the features provided by the flexible workflow when you call up the app Manage Workflows for
Purchase Orders. The flexible workflow enables you to optimize the approval process. You can use either the
automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.
SAP strongly recommends that you switch to the flexible workflow for purchase orders as soon as possible. As of
SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, the app Purchase Order Approval Value will no longer be available.
Technical Details
Table 219:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO
5.4.2 Subcontracting Cockpit
Use
This feature enables you to monitor pending purchase order items, using certain filter criteria such as
subcontractor, plant, component, assembly, and material group.
Technical Details
Table 220:
Application Component MM-IM

5.4.3 Default Settings for Users
With this feature, the search helps relevant for the SAP S/4HANA hub scenario are enabled on the user interface.
Technical Details
Table 221:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP
5.4.4 Create Purchase Requisition
With this feature, you can add multiple account assignments to a purchase requisition item. You can enable price
validation for purchase requisition items that are added from the catalogs.
If you enable the SAP S/4HANA procurement hub scenario, the associated search helps are enabled on the user
interface.
Technical Details
Table 222:
5.4.4.1 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition
This feature enables you to extend the Create Purchase Requisition app according to your business needs.

Technical Details
Table 223:
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ
See Also
5.4.5 My Purchase Requisitions
With this feature, you can add, modify or delete multiple account assignments to a purchase requisition item.
Technical Details
Table 224:
5.4.6 Settings for Web Services
With this feature, you can validate the item price against the catalog item price while ordering a purchase
requisition.

Technical Details
Table 225:
5.4.7 Purchasing Documents by Requirement Tracking Number
Use
This feature enables you to monitor purchasing documents by their requirement tracking number. You can monitor
these documents based on certain filter criteria.
Technical Details
Table 226:
Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC
5.4.8 Manage Purchase Requisitions
With this feature, you can extend the follow-on documents such as purchase contracts, purchase orders, and
RFQs, at header and item level. You can make the custom fields available in several apps, and a handover of data is
also possible by using business scenarios. After an extension field for a business scenario is enabled, the value of
this field is copied to the corresponding follow-on documents.

Technical Details
Table 227:
5.4.9 Confirm Receipts of Goods
Based on the plant you are associated with, this feature enables you to list all purchase requisitions that are
created in the SAP S/4HANA hub system and replicated to the SAP ERP back-end system for confirmation. For
example, if you are associated with the plant 1010 and the integration of SAP S/4HANA Sourcing and
Procurement with SAP ERP is enabled, then this app provides you with a list of all the purchase requisitions that
you have created for the plant 1010.
If you confirm any of these purchase requisitions completely, then the confirmed purchased requisitions also
appear in the list, but they are not applicable for confirmation again.
In addition, you can filter for the purchase requisitions that you have created for other plants. For example, you
were previously associated with the plants 1010, 1110, or others. Using this filter, you can select a plant from the
Plant dropdown list and display the purchase requisitions that you have created for the selected plant.
Technical Details
Table 228:
5.4.10 Multiple Account Assignment in Manage Purchase

Orders
With this feature, you can now assign a purchase order item to several accounts when purchasing materials. You
can distribute costs on a percentage basis.

Technical Details
Table 229:
5.4.11 Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services
The app Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services was renamed from Manage Service Entry Sheets.
This feature enables you to record lean services in a service entry sheet with reference to a purchase order and to
manage the service entry sheets.
Technical Details
Table 230:
Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service Procure

ment)
Additional Details
Context:
Each service entry sheet references a purchase order with standard items or limit items to procure lean services.
After entering the purchase order number in the service sheet all purchase order items for lean services are added
to the service entry sheet by the system. Then, you can record the performed services.
● A purchase order standard item allows you to define a planned service by short text or by reference to a
material master, and by unit of measure, price per unit, required quantity. In the service entry sheet, you enter
the stated quantity and date of performance.
● A purchase order limit item allows you to order an unplanned service, that is without detailed description,
price and quantity, typically to avoid administrative efforts. In this case, the purchaser enters a short text and

defines an expected value and an overall limit for cost control. In the service entry sheet, you record the
services performed by entering a (more precise) description, the performance date, the stated quantity with
its unit of measure, and the price per unit.
● Once the service entry sheet has been approved by an authorized person, a goods receipt document is
created by the system and the corresponding invoice can then be created, checked and posted.
See Also
For more information, look for SAP S/4HANA Cloud under http://help.sap.com/ Product Assistance Sourcing
and Procurement Operational Procurement Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services
5.4.12 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Orders
This feature enables you to extend the Manage Purchase Orders app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 231:
Application Component MM-PUR-OA
See Also
5.4.13 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition -

Advanced
This feature enables you to extend the Create Purchase Requisition - Advanced app according to your business
needs.

Technical Details
Table 232:
Application Component MM-PUR-REQ-GUI
See Also
5.5 Invoice Management
5.5.1 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices
With this feature you can now choose the new type Workflow for Parked Invoice as Complete. By default the
workflow Release Completed Invoice is activated. You can add new workflows, or copy existing ones and modify
them according to your requirements.
Technical Details
Table 233:
Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification)

Additional Details
Note
If you edit a workflow of the type Workflow for Parked Invoice as Complete, don't choose type Rework Invoice in
the step header. This type is only visible for technical reasons and is reserved for the exception handling: If the
invoice is rejected, you can choose Rework Invoice in the Exception Handling section. The workflow is canceled,
and the invoicing party must rework the invoice. If the invoice is saved as complete, a new workflow is triggered.
If you use the flexible workflow, the recipients of the workflow item need the My Inbox tile. The following
prerequisites must apply:
● You have assigned the following business catalogs to a specific business role:
○ SAP_CA_BC_MYINBOX_PC (Manager Approvals – My Inbox)
○ SAP_MM_BC_INV_DOC_DSP_PC (Materials Management - Invoicing Document Display)
● You have assigned this specific business role to the approving persons.
On the Fiori launchpad, you can find the configuration app Activate Flexible Workflow for Supplier Invoices under
See Also
For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Invoice Management Manage
Workflows for Supplier Invoices for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under
Product Assistance.
5.5.2 ODATA Service for Supplier Invoice API
The OData Service for Supplier Invoice API is based on the ODATA protocol, and can be consumed in apps and
other user interfaces. The service allows you to create multiple supplier invoices and enables you to perform the
following actions using the data provided in an API call:
● Post a supplier invoice.

● Release blocked supplier invoices.

● Create a reversal document.
● Display detail data of a supplier invoice.
● List supplier invoices according to specific selection criteria, namely the supplier, posting date, document
date, entry date, external creator, invoices status, and reference document number.
You can now use the new service node A_SuplrInvcItemPurOrdRefType that contains the purchase order
reference type for a supplier invoice item.
Technical Details
Table 234:
Additional Details
This service is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).
5.5.3 App Extensibility: Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced
This feature enables you to extend the Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 235:
Application Component MM-IV-LIV

See Also
5.5.4 App Extensibility: Display Supplier Invoice - Advanced
This feature enables you to extend the Display Supplier Invoice - Advanced app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 236:
See Also
5.6 Supplier and Category Management
5.6.1 OData Service for Service Entry Sheets
This service enables a remote system to read and create service entry sheets using the SAP S/4HANA tenant.

Technical Details
Table 237:
Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES
See Also
5.6.2 OData Service for Procurement-Related Activities
This service enables a remote system to read, create, update and delete procurement-related activities using the
SAP S/4HANA tenant.
Technical Details
Table 238:
Application Component SLC-ACT
See Also

5.7 Spend Analysis
5.8 App Extensibility for Classic Applications
5.8.1 Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps
This feature enables you to extend the following classic apps according to your business needs:
● Create Purchase Order - Advanced

● Change Purchase Order - Advanced
● Display Purchase Order
Technical Details
Table 239:
See Also

5.8.2 Extensibility for Purchase Contract Apps
● Create Purchase Contract

● Change Purchase Contract
● Display Purchase Contract
Technical Details
Table 240:
See Also
5.8.3 Extensibility for Scheduling Agreement Apps
● Create Scheduling Agreement

● Change Scheduling Agreement
Technical Details
Table 241:
Application Component MM-PUR-OA-SCH

See Also
5.8.4 Extensibility for Purchase Requisition Apps
● Change Purchase Requisitions

● Display Purchase Requisitions
Technical Details
Table 242:
See Also
5.9 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents
business scenarios.

Business scenarios are available for the following apps:
● Manage Purchase Orders

● Create Purchase Order via Purchase Requisition
Technical Details
Table 243:
Application Component MM-PUR
See Also

5.10.1 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with
Suppliers
Use
This scope item allows you to electrify your procurement data exchange with suppliers using a set of robust SOAP
APIs.
For purchasing organizations whose suppliers use traditional data exchange protocols like electronic data
interchange (EDI) with formats such as X12 or EDIFACT, this new scope item provides a set of robust application
programming interfaces (APIs) to simplify and automate exchanging procurement documents.
Technical Details
Table 244:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2EJ
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.2 SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content
Use
● Overview page for Legal Content Management

● Manage Legal Documents SAP Fiori App
● Integration of Legal Content Management with Purchasing Documents (Request for Quotation only)
Technical Details
Table 245:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1XV
See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.3 Scheduling Agreements in Procurement
Use
● Quota arrangement
Technical Details
Table 246:
Technical Name of Scope Item BMR

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.4 Purchase Contract
Use
● New flexible workflow for contracts

● Support goods receipt to block stock
Technical Details
Table 247:
Technical Name of Scope Item BMD

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.5 Consumable Purchasing
Use
● Multi Accounting
● Extension of the flexible workflow for supplier invoice
Technical Details
Table 248:
Technical Name of Scope Item BNX
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.6 Subcontracting
Use
● Subcontracting cockpit
● Analytical list page: Monitor purchase order items
Technical Details
Table 249:
Technical Name of Scope Item BMY

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.7 Invoice Processing by OpenText
Use
● Localized for Denmark

● Enable full support for autoposting with compliance checks for tax invoices for Australia, Singapore, and New
Zealand
Technical Details
Table 250:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1LE
many, Great Britain, China, France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Lux
embourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.8 Requisitioning
Use
● Multi-accounting in purchase requisition creation and invoice verification
Technical Details
Table 251:
Technical Name of Scope Item 18J

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.9 Procurement of Direct Materials
Use
Technical Details
Table 252:

See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.10 Central Processing of Purchase Requisitions
Use
● Confirm goods receipt

● Return delivery
Technical Details
Table 253:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1XI
See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.11 Supplier Consignment
Use
By using the consignment process for procurement, the supplier provides the material and stores it at site of the
procuring party. The supplier maintains the legal owner of the material until it is withdrawn from the consignment
stores. Payment for consignment stock is only required in case the material is withdrawn.
Technical Details
Table 254:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2LG
Scope Item is New

Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Italy, Ja
pan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, New Zea
land, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden,
See also
Practices Explorer.

5.10.12 Procurement of Services
Use
● Multi-accounting
Technical Details
Table 255:
Technical Name of Scope Item 22Z

See also
Practices Explorer.


6 Supply Chain
6.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment
6.1.1 OData API for Physical Inventory (Change Count, Initiate

Recount)
This service enables you to retrieve, create and process physical inventory documents. It has been enhanced to
provide additional operations. You can now perform the following operations using the data provided in an API call:
● Retrieve physical inventory documents

● Create physical inventory documents
● Count physical inventory document items
● Post differences at header level
● Post differences at item level
● Change physical inventory counts (new)
● Initiate a recount of physical inventory document items at header level (new)
● Initiate a recount of physical inventory document items at item level (new)
The service is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed by external systems and user interfaces.
Technical Details
Table 256:
Application Component MM-IM-PI

222 PUBLIC Supply Chain
See Also
This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com /).
6.1.2 OData API for Material Documents (Create, Cancel)
This service enables you to retrieve, create, and cancel material documents. It has been enhanced to provide
additional operations. You can now perform the following operations using the data provided in an API call:
● Retrieve material documents

● Create material documents (new)
● Cancel material documents at header level (new)
● Cancel material documents at item level (new)
The service is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed by external systems and user interfaces.
Technical Details
Table 257:
Application Component MM-IM-VDM-SGM
Additional Details
To consume this service, you have to create a communication arrangement for scenario SAP_COM_0108 –
Material Document Integration.
See Also
This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Supply Chain PUBLIC 223
6.1.3 Slow or Non-Moving Materials
With this feature, you can monitor and make time-dependent investigations of the slow or non-moving materials in
your stock. Based on these results you can react immediately with follow-on activities such as scrapping or stock
transfers.
This app supports you for example, as an inventory manager in your daily work, to achieve maximum inventory
accuracy and subsequently to optimize the inventory situation in your stock.
In the Slow or Non-Moving Materials app, you can now do the following:
● You can now use the analytical list page (ALP), which enhances the regular list report by applying interactive
charts offering multiple visualization options.
Technical Details
Table 258:
Application Component MM-FIO-IM
6.1.4 Overdue Materials - Stock in Transit
With this feature, you can get an overview of the overdue materials for which a stock transport order has been
created. You can identify these materials to complete the stock transfer process or investigate potential problems.
In the Overdue Materials - Stock in Transit app, you can now do the following:
● You can use a predictive analytics model to predict the delivery date for an order. With this information, you get
a forecast based on your company’s empirical data if a goods receipt can be successfully completed in time.
The shipping duration micro chart illustrates the goods movement process for an item and shows, for
example, the forecast delivery date in relation to the actual date.
● If the predictive analytics model is active, the system uses the predicted delivery date as forecast delivery
date. If the predictive model is not active, the micro chart uses the planned delivery date from the purchase
order (PO) instead.
● Furthermore you can also check items where the goods receipt process is still open or has already been
completed.

Technical Details
Table 259:
Additional Details
The calculation of the predictive model is based on historical data and needs training and advanced skills.
6.1.5 Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order
With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the purchase order with which you ordered
the goods. If a material is delivered for a purchase order, it is important for all the departments involved that the
goods receipt entry in the system references this purchase order.
In the Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order app, you can now do the following:
● You can post the receipt of goods with reference to a purchase order into the goods receipt (GR) blocked
stock. Depending on your role, you can release items from GR blocked stock into the unrestricted-use stock,
for example.
● You can post the goods receipts for items (or return items), for example, create more than one material
document. If an attachment is enclosed in the purchase order, it is, in general, tied to the material document of
the standard goods receipt process.
Technical Details
Table 260:
Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM

6.1.6 Transfer Stock - In-Plant
With this feature, you can make transfer postings within a plant.
In the Transfer Stock – In Plant app, you can now do the following:
● You can use the special stock indicators E (orders on hand) and Q (project stock), including transfer postings,
for your business processes.
Special transfer postings between the same special stock indicators are also possible: from E to E or from Q to
Q.
Technical Details
Table 261:
6.1.7 Stock - Single Material
With this feature, you can get an overview of your material stock. You can review your stock by the plants and
storage locations for which you are responsible. The app can display the stock information as a table or a diagram.
In the Stock – Single Material app, you can now do the following:
● You can use enhanced personalization features.

● You can drill down in the stock history (day-end closing) or to the material document item postings for each
day.
Technical Details
Table 262:

6.1.8 Material Documents Overview
With this feature, you can display a list of material document items and display the material document details of a
selected material document item. In addition, you can reverse a material document.
In the Material Documents Overview app, you can now do the following:
● You can use the graphical representation of the process flow for a material document with the relevant
preceding document and follow-on document. The process flow replaces the document flow.
Technical Details
Table 263:
6.1.9 Dead Stock Analysis
With this app, you can monitor and make time-dependent investigations of your dead stock.
Dead stock represents a combination of locations and materials where the stock value has increased over a
defined analysis period despite existing consumption postings within that period.
The analysis of the dead stock identifies materials that, could potentially have a negative impact on the company’s
cash flow and profitability. Based on these results, you can react immediately with follow-on activities and decide
whether a material should, for example, be discontinued, discounted, or transferred to a different location.
The Dead Stock Analysis app supports you in your daily work, for example, as an inventory manager, to achieve
maximum inventory accuracy and subsequently to optimize the inventory situation in your stock.
Technical Details
Table 264:

6.1.10 Delivery Performance
With this feature, you can monitor the current delivery performance of sales orders and stock transport orders, so
you can keep track of customer satisfaction and retention. If delivery performance is below what you expect it to
be, you can navigate to the relevant sales orders, stock transport orders, and master data object pages for more
detailed information. You can then use this information to help you resolve the issues that cause delivery delays.
Technical Details
Table 265:
Application Component LE-SHP-FIO
See Also
For more information, look for the section Supply Chain for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711.
6.1.11 Read, Create, and Delete Inbound Deliveries
This service enables you to read, create, and delete inbound deliveries in an API call. It is based on the OData
protocol, and can be consumed in Fiori apps and on other user interfaces.
Technical Details
Table 266:

Application Component LE-SHP-FIO
To be able to access the APIs, an administrator needs to create a communication user, a communication system,
and a communication arrangement in the Communication Management business catalog.
See Also
6.1.12 Blocking and Deletion of Personal Data in LE-SHP
This feature enables you to block and delete personal data in a simplified way by using SAP Information Lifecycle
Management (ILM).
Personal data collected in business partner master data can be blocked as soon as business activities that use this
data are completed and the residence period for the data has elapsed; after this time, only users with additional
authorizations can access this data. Please ensure you archive affected delivery documents in a timely manner.
When the retention period for data expires, personal data can be destroyed completely so that it can no longer be
retrieved. Retention periods must be defined in the customer system.
If you have the authorization B_BUP_PCPT – Business Partner: Purpose Completed; Activity 03 – Display assigned
to your user, you can view the business documents listed below:
● Inbound Delivery
● Outbound Delivery
● Returns Delivery
Technical Details
Table 267:

Application Component LE-SHP
Additional Details
Based on the retention period defined for data in the customer system, an end of purpose (EoP) check determines
whether this data is still relevant for business activities. The retention period is part of the overall lifecycle of
personal data, which consists of the following phases:
● Business activity: The relevant data is used in ongoing business, for example, contract creation, delivery,
payment.
● Residence period: The data remains in the database and can be used in case of subsequent processes related
to the original purpose, for example, reporting obligations.
● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business
users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case
of mandatory legal provisions.
● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database.
Blocking of data can impact system behavior in the following ways:
● Display: The system does not display blocked data.

● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.
● Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.
● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business
object that contains blocked data.
Only users with special authorization can display blocked data; they are not authorized, however, to create,
change, or copy business objects with blocked data, or perform follow-up activities with these business objects.
See Also
For more information about the deletion of personal data in LE-SHP, see:
● The relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information

Security Aspects Data Protection
● http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance Supply Chain Data Archiving in Shipping
6.2 Response and Supply Management

6.2.1 Basic Order Promising
6.2.1.1 Configure Scope of Availability Check
With this self-service configuration user interface, you can define which stocks, receipts, and issue elements are
considered when you run an availability check.
Technical Details
Table 268:
Application Component CA-ATP-PAC
6.2.1.2 Configure Custom BOP Sorting
With this feature, you can create sequences for prioritizing requirements from sales and stock transport
documents according to attributes that do not allow simple alphanumeric sorting (for example, customer/sold-to
party). In doing so, you define a logic by which requirements are prioritized accordingly in the Configure BOP
Segment app and in subsequent backorder processing runs triggered from the Configure BOP Variant or Schedule
BOP Run apps.
Technical Details
Table 269:
Application Component CA-ATP-BOP

6.2.2 Advanced Order Promising
6.2.2.1 Release for Delivery
With this feature, the Release for Delivery app has been enhanced to support the business document type stock
transport order in addition to the sales document type sales order.
Technical Details
Table 270:
Application Component CA-ATP-BOP
6.3.1 Core Inventory Management
Use
● Enabled Inventory KPI Analysis with follow-up actions on obsolete stock via new SAP Fiori app: Dead Stock
Analysis

Technical Details
Table 271:
Technical Name of Scope Item BMC

See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.2 Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration
Use
● Integrate master data (Material, Business Partner: Customer, Supplier)

● Inventory management processes

Technical Details
Table 272:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZQ
See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.3 Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management
Use
● Integration of Planner Overview app for Demand Driven Replenishment
Technical Details
Table 273:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1Y2

See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.4 Quality Management for Complaints Against Suppliers
Use
This scope item describes the management of complaints against suppliers. The quality engineer captures basic
information and informs the supplier. The quality engineer can manage defects and tasks as well as capture the
root causes identified by the supplier.
Technical Details
Table 274:
Scope Item is New

Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, USA
Additional Details
A localized version of this scope item is available for the following countries:
Australia, Canada, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Great Britain, China, France, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia,
Italy, Japan, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.5 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Inventory and Warehouse

Management
Use
● Additional cards for Stock Value type

Technical Details
Table 275:
Technical Name of Scope Item BGG
See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.6 Quality Management for Complaints from Customers
Use
This scope item describes the management of customer complaints. The quality engineer captures basic
information given by the customer and starts a root cause analysis. The quality engineer can manage defects and
causes, corrections, corrective and preventive actions.
Technical Details
Table 276:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2FA

Scope Item is New

Switzerland, United Arab Emirates, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
6.3.7 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Production Planning
Use
This scope item provides overview pages for the plant manager, with a focus on providing high-level information to
ensure smooth functioning of a plant or location.
These include stock value, inspection lots with defects, delivery performance, and top defective materials.
Technical Details
Table 277:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2JD
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.
6.5 Extensibility in Supply Chain

7 R&D/Engineering
7.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management
7.1.1 Project Financial Control
7.1.1.1 Project Types Available in Project Financial Control
In the context of the project financial control process, this app helps you create projects such as overhead
projects, investment projescts, statistical projects and projects with direct revenue posting.
Technical Details
Table 278:
Application Component PS-FIO-STR
See Also
For more information about the projects available, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance
R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Financials Control Project
Builder

240 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
7.1.1.2 Project Cost Report
With this feature, you can now view commitment costs of projects and work breakdown structure (WBS) elements
in display currency.
Technical Details
Table 279:
Application Component PS-FIO-ANA
7.1.1.3 Manage Project Procurement
With this feature, you can easily monitor purchase orders and purchase requisitions associated with a project or
work breakdown structure (WBS) element in a display currency.
Technical Details
Table 280:
Application Component PS-FIO-ANA
7.1.2 Project Monitoring

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 241
7.1.2.1 My Projects - Steering Committee
With this app you can get an overview of the projects to which you are assigned as a member of the project
steering committee. This includes both planned projects, which have not yet been released, and active projects,
which have been released but not yet completed. The app enables you to keep track of your projects and prepare
for steering committee meetings. You can display summary information, for example, about the start of your
planned projects, or the status, cost and milestones of your active projects. By drilling down from the overview, you
can access further details about the statuses or milestones of these projects, or display the project brief of
individual projects.
Technical Details
Table 281:
Application Component PPM-FIO (Fiori UI for Portfolio and Project Management)
Additional Details
The project manager or project financial controller can assign steering committee members to a project in the new
Team section of the Project Briefs app, see Team Section in Project Brief [page 243].
From the overview provided in the My Projects - Steering Committee app, you can navigate to the following apps to
see further project details:
● My Projects - Upcoming Milestones

● My Projects - Detailed Status
● Project Briefs
To make this app available to the relevant users, assign the new business catalog Project Steering Committee
(SAP_PPM_BC_PROJSTEER_COM_PC) to your business role for members of project steering committees.

See Also
For more information about this app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance R&D /
Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring My Projects - Steering
Committee .
7.1.2.2 Team Section in Project Brief
With this feature, a new section that provides information about the project team is made available in the project
brief. The Team section lists all members of the project team except the project manager with their contact data
and role. As the project manager or a financial controller responsible for the project, you can staff project roles by
adding or removing team members, or by changing the role of a team member in the Team section.
Technical Details
Table 282:
Additional Details
A project can only be staffed with resources that have been created as business partners in the business partner
role Employee. Make sure that the business partner has been assigned to the corresponding user.
The project roles for which team members have been staffed indicate their rights and responsibilities within the
project team. Currently, the following roles are supported in the project:
● Project manager:
The project manager is assigned in the project builder and can only be displayed in the header section of the
project brief. There can only be one project manager per project.
● Project financial controller:
When a user creates a project in the project builder, the corresponding business partner is automatically
assigned as a project financial controller, if available. You can add project financial controllers in the Team
section of the project brief, or remove them provided that at least one business partner remains assigned to
the role.
● Steering committee member:
You can assign multiple steering committee members in the Team section of the project brief.

Except for financial controllers, access to projects is restricted to users that are assigned to the project team. Their
authorizations depend on the type of role they have been assigned within this team. Members of the project
steering committee can display all project data. The project manager and the financial controllers assigned to a
project can display all project data and edit the project.
Note
Project financial controllers can display and edit all projects within their area of responsibility even if they are
not assigned to the project team. In the Cost section of the project brief, they can only view the costs that they
are authorized to display as a project financial controller.
See Also
For more information about business partner maintenance, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Master Data Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Maintain Business Partner .
For more information about the Project Briefs app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance
R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Project Briefs .
7.1.2.3 App Title and Card Titles for My Projects App
To avoid confusion and ensure consistency with the new My Projects - Steering Committee app, the My Projects
app for project managers has been renamed My Projects - Project Manager. The card titles and sub-titles in the
app have been aligned with those in the My Projects - Steering Committee app.
Technical Details
Table 283:

Additional Details
The titles and subtitles of the cards in the My Projects - Project Manager app have been changed as follows:
Table 284:
Previous Title/Subtitle New Title/Subtitle
My Projects – Upcoming Milestones Upcoming Milestones
Dates of Upcoming Milestones Active Projects
My Projects – Overall Status Overall Status
Sorted by Overall Status Active Projects
My Projects – Detailed Status Detailed Status
Sorted by Detailed Status Active Projects
My Projects – Cost to Date Cost to Date
Sorted by Variance Active Projects
My Projects – Cost to Date Cost to Date – Timeline
Aggregated Across all My Projects in USD Aggregated Across Active Projects in USD
My Projects – Planned Planned Projects
Projects Not Yet Released Projects Not Yet Released
See Also
For more information about the My Projects - Steering Committee app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711
Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring
My Projects - Steering Committee .
7.1.2.4 App Extensibility: Project Briefs
This feature enables you to extend the Project Briefs app according to your business needs.

Technical Details
Table 285:
Application Component PPM-FIO
See Also
For more information, look for the section R&D / Engineering under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP
S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance .
7.1.2.5 App Extensibility: My Projects - Detailed Status
This feature enables you to extend the My Projects - Detailed Status app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 286:
Application Component PPM-FIO
See Also
For more information, look for the section R&D / Engineering under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP
S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance .

7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries
7.2.1 Advanced Variant Configuration
7.2.1.1 Checks in Advanced Variant Configuration
Use
This feature enables you to check object dependencies. You can use these in the Advanced Variant Configurator,
which is integrated into the modeling environment, letting you manage customizable products. The state-of-the-
art variant configurator is designed for you to use it in planning, engineering, production, and sales. There are two
types of checks available:
● Consistency Check: This also checks the consistent usage of the processing mode (advanced/classic variant
configuration) throughout the model's entities.
● Advanced Syntax Check: This check is available for customers using Advanced Variant Configuration (AVC).
The check is for ensuring syntax compatability of a model that is designed to be used with AVC.
Technical Details
Table 287:
Application Component LO-VCH
See Also
For more information about Advanced Variant Configuration, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711

Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Advanced
Variant Configuration

7.2.1.2 Variant Configuration Overview
This feature enables you to display an overview for variant configuration. From the overview page you can navigate
to changed or locked variant configuration objects, locked sales order items, recently changed object
dependencies, recent configuration simulations and to favorite configurations. You can also open a list report of
the different variant configuration objects and open up their corresponding app to maintain the object.
You can also navigate to the following apps:
● Simulate Configuration Models

● Variant Configuration Modeling
● Manage Classes
● Manage Characteristics
Technical Details
Table 288:
Application Component LO-VCH-FIO-OVP
Availability SAP S4/HANA Cloud 1711
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance R&D / Engineering

Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Advanced Variant Configuration Variant Configuration
Overview
7.2.1.3 Enhanced Trace Functionality
This feature enables you to use an enhanced trace filtering function in the simulate configuration models app.
You can apply the following filters to the displayed trace information:
● Trace messages related to high-level configuration

● Trace messages related to low-level configuration
● Trace message type (for example: value assignment, value unassignment, characteristic value restriction)
● Value assignment by (user, constraint, procedure, external component, default value)
You also have the option to click the characteristics and characteristic values in the trace messages and inspect
them or filter the displayed trace messages to that item.

Technical Details
Table 289:
Application Component LO-VCH-FIO-SIM
Availability SAP S4/HANA 1711
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance R&D / Engineering

Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Advanced Variant Configuration Simulate Configuration
Models
7.2.2 Fast Entry of Characteristic Values in Sales Order
This feature enables you to enter values for the most important characteristics directly in a sales order item
without navigating to the detailed valuation screen. The key capabilities are as follows:
● Easy and fast entry of characteristic values on the sales order overview screen, as they define the product, not
a material number only
● Connected to the advanced variant configuration (AVC) engine
● Display variants to define sets of characteristics
● Maintenance of up to 10 characteristic values per item in one line
● Possibility to navigate to new AVC screen via configuration button for updating/verifying further
characteristics
Technical Details
Table 290:
Application Component LO-VC (Variant Configuration)

Additional Details
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
N/A
See Also
Nil
7.2.3 Create, Read, Update and Delete Change Masters via

OData Service
This service enables you to create, read, update and delete change masters. You can maintain the allowed object
types, alternative dates and object management records of the following objects: document info record, material
and bill of material.

Technical Details
Table 291:
Application Component PLM-WUI-OBJ-ECN
See Also
7.2.4 Embedded Software Management
With this feature, you can use a specific material type to define software. You can also use a specific document
type to define software versions.
Technical Details
Table 292:
Application Component PLM-ESD-ESC
You can use the self-service configuration app Define Settings for Embedded Systems to define software material
type and software document type.

7.2.5 Managing Software Constraints
This feature enables you to view and maintain constraints of embedded software, including hardware constraints
and software constraints.
Technical Details
Table 293:
7.2.6 Checking Software Compatibility
This feature enables you to check software compatibility in a bill of material (BOM).
Technical Details
Table 294:
7.2.7 Managing Requirement Assignments
This feature enables you to assign requirements to documents and bills of material (BOMs). You can also view the
list of requirements assigned to a BOM or a document.

Technical Details
Table 295:
Application Component PLM-ESD-SEI
7.2.8 Read Class Data for Classification
This service enables you to read class data that is valid on a given date for classification.
Technical Details
Table 296:
Application Component CA-CL-CLS
See Also
7.2.9 Read Characteristic Data for Classification
This service enables you to read characteristic data that is valid on a given date for classification.

Technical Details
Table 297:
Application Component CA-CL-CHR
See Also
7.2.10 Read Product Master Data Including Classification
This service enables you to read the master data for products including class assignment and characteristic
evaluation.
Technical Details
Table 298:
Application Component CA-CL-CL
Availability SAP S4/HANA Cloud 1711
See Also

7.3 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries
7.3.1 Search Recipes by Material
With this feature you can determine which of your recipes contain certain materials directly on their formula, or
indirectly through recipe hierarchy. You can then open your recipes directly from the result list to display or edit
recipe data, and easily replace these materials to support your business needs, for example in case of a new
supplier.
Technical Details
Table 299:
Application Component PLM-FIO-RCP
See Also
For more information, look for the topic Recipe Finder under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance R&D/Engineering Integrated Product Development for Process Industries Recipe Development
Recipe .
7.3.2 Search Recipes by Standard Composition
With this feature you can search for recipes based on their standard composition to identify which recipes contain
certain component items directly or indirectly. You can then navigate to your recipes directly from the result list to
display or edit recipe data, and easily replace these component items to support your business needs, for example
in case of changed regulations.

Technical Details
Table 300:
See Also
Recipe .
7.3.3 Set the Search Date in Recipe Finder
This feature enables you to set the search date in the Recipe Finder app. You can execute the search for any date to
see recipes that are valid on that specific date, be it past, present, or future. You can also save your search filters in
a variant with the selected date. If no date has been selected, the system uses the current date as default value.
Technical Details
Table 301:
See Also
Recipe .

7.4.1 Software Compatibility Management
Use
Software Compatibility Management facilitates the check of compatibility constraints between the software and
the hardware components.
Technical Details
Table 302:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2G5
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.2 Set up Configurable Bill of Material using Variant
Configuration
Use
● Advanced tracing functionality in simulation environment.
Technical Details
Table 303:
Technical Name of Scope Item 22T

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.3 Engineering Bill of Material - Mass Change
Use
Version Bill of Material is now also enabled for mass change
Technical Details
Table 304:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1R5

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.4 Embedded Software Management
Use
Embedded Software Management enables the Systems Engineer to manage software parts of products together
with hardware components in a Bill of Material.
Technical Details
Table 305:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2G6
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.5 Project Financial Control
Use
● Special functions are now available for investment projects for integration to asset accounting
● Statistical projects can be used for analytical purposes
● Flagging of Work Breakdown Structure elements as billing elements for actual revenue postings to projects
● New app to monitor project-related procurement processes
● Monitoring of project commitments along with planned and actual costs
Technical Details
Table 306:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1NT

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.6 Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes
Use
● Recipe analysis by assigned materials

● Recipe analysis by standard composition of ingredient
Technical Details
Table 307:

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.7 Engineering Bill of Material - Change Master
Management
Use
The BOM Engineer can maintain relevant software material and software documents in the Bill of Material.
Technical Details
Table 308:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1R3

See also
Practices Explorer.

7.4.8 Manage Documents
Use
● Document management is made easier with draft capabilities

● Enhance document with classification integration that allows the end user to enrich metadata associated to
DIR (Document Info Record)
● Copying from a source DIR to a target DIR can be leveraged using the Copy from template option
● Additional object links are enabled in DIR
Technical Details
Table 309:

See also
Practices Explorer.


8 Human Resources
8.1 External HR Workforce Integration
8.1.1 Employee/Contingent Worker data Integration
If you are using an external HR system, you can integrate employee and contingent worker data into S/4HANA
system using the Interface for Employee Integration. This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub
http://api.sap.com .
Technical Details
Table 310:
Technical Name of Product Feature -
Application Component CA-HR-S4
8.1.2 Availability Integration
If you are using an external HR system, you can integrate the work schedule, absence and Holiday information of
an employee or contingent worker into S/4HANA system using the Availability Interface. This interface is also
available in the SAP API Business Hub http://api.sap.com .

266 PUBLIC Human Resources
Technical Details
Table 311:
8.2 Core HR and Payroll
8.2.1 Employee
With this feature, you can view the Employee Factsheet with restricted role-based access. For example, an
Employee can see only certain sections like General Data, Employment Data, and Tags with the new restricted role-
based factsheet.
Technical Details
Table 312:
Technical Name of Product Feature F1522
See Also
For more information on business catalogs delivered, please check help documentation.

Human Resources PUBLIC 267
8.3 Time and Attendance Management
8.3.1 Notify Missing Time
With this feature, you can now view Type of workforce field which helps you to distinguish between employees and
contingent workers. You can also view the log of emails sent using the tile “Monitor Missing Time Notifications”.
Notify Missing Time can also be used by a Project Controller if a Project Controller is assigned at the time of
creation of projects.
Technical Details
Table 313:
Application Component CA-TS-S4
See Also
For more information, look for the section Notify Missing Time for the relevant cloud edition under http://
help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1705 > Product Assistance > Relevant Cloud Edition > Human Resources > Time and
Attendance Management.
8.3.2 Approve Timesheets
Using this feature, you can now approve times that’s have been recorded for projects for which employee’s have
not been staffed. You can record time for projects which are not staffed using the Timesheet Public API. Approve
timesheets can also be used by a Project Controller if a Project Controller is assigned at the time of creation of
projects

Technical Details
Table 314:
See Also
For more information about Approve Timesheets, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1705 > Product Assistance
> Relevant Cloud Edition > Human Resources > Time and Attendance Management.
8.3.3 Timesheet Integration
If you are using an external time recording solution, you can then replicate the time sheet data from the external
system into the S/4HANA system using the timesheet interface. This interface is also available in the SAP API
Business Hub http://api.sap.com .
Technical Details
Table 315:

8.3.4 Team Utilization
With this feature, you can now view “Type of Workforce” field which helps you to distinguish between employees
and contingent workers.
Technical Details
Table 316:
Technical Name of Product Feature FEAT_197304
8.4.1 Employee Integration - SAP S/4HANA Enablement
Use
Public API to interface third-party HR systems
Technical Details
Table 317:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1FD

See also
Practices Explorer.
8.4.2 Time Recording
Use
● Public API to interface time recording data with SAP S/4HANA
Technical Details
Table 318:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1Q4

See also
Practices Explorer.
8.4.3 Time Recording - Project-Based Services
Use
● Public API to interface activity-based time recording data with SAP S/4HANA
● Usage of My Inbox to assign different time sheet approvers
Technical Details
Table 319:

USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
8.4.4 SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Integration
Use
With this scope item, you can integrate your SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll with SAP S/4HANA
Cloud. The payroll information is sent to Financials in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. This integration covers the transfer of
cost center data from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll.
Technical Details
Table 320:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1NL
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

9 Integration
9.1 Master Data Replication
9.2 Business Network Integration
9.2.1 Business Catalogs for Ariba Network and SAP Fieldglass

Integration for Buyers
Changes to the business catalogs for configuring Ariba Network Integration for buyers and SAP Fieldglass
integration require you to recheck the business catalogs that are assigned to business catalog roles. Ensure that
the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to enable your users to use the self-service
configuration apps as needed.
Technical Details
Table 321:
Application Component BNS-INT-ARI
BNS-INT-FG

Integration PUBLIC 275
Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types:
Note
You can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app.
Table 322: Required Changes to Business Catalogs
Business Catalog Changes with This Release Restriction Types
Ariba Network - Buyer Integration To ensure that users with the business Authorization Groups for Business Part
catalog roles Ariba Network - Buyer ners (BEGRU_BUPA_GRP)
Configuration
Integration Configuration
(SAP_BN_BC_INT_CONFIGURE) and Authorization Groups for Suppliers
(SAP_BCR_BN_INT_CONFIGURE) or
(SAP_BN_BC_INT_CONFIGURE_MC) (SAP_BCR_BN_INT_CONFIGURE_MC) (BEGRU_LFA1)
have correct access to required data, you
Company Code (BUKRS)
must ensure that the following restric
tion types have been correctly main Supplier Account Group (KTOKK)
tained.
SAP Fieldglass Integration - Configuration To ensure that users with the business Authorization Groups for Business Part
catalog role SAP Fieldglass Integration - ners (BEGRU_BUPA_GRP)
(SAP_FG_BC_INT_CONFIGURE_MC)
Configuration
Authorization Groups for Suppliers
(SAP_BCR_FG_INT_CONFIGURE_MC)
have correct access to required data, you (BEGRU_LFA1)
must ensure that the following restric
Company Code (BUKRS)
tion types have been correctly main
tained. Supplier Account Group (KTOKK)
See Also
For more information about the business catalogs and their restriction types, read the business catalog
description, which can be displayed for each catalog in the Maintain Business Roles app.
For more information about the Maintain Business Roles and Business Catalogs apps, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana <select a release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User
Identity and Access Management .

276 PUBLIC Integration
9.3.1 Business Event Handling
Use
Enterprise Eventing Integration - Enterprise Eventing is a cross-platform event mechanism for Side-by-Side
Extension applications built in SAP Cloud Platform Cloud Foundry. You can discover, consume, and expose
events in SAP Cloud Platform Cloud Foundry in a unified manner. It uses the Publish/Subscribe communication
pattern established via the enterprise messaging.
Technical Details
Table 323:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1NN
See also
Practices Explorer.

9.3.2 Output Management
Use
This scope item now covers usage of the following apps:
● The Manage Logos app lets users upload images in the form of JPG, PNG, BMP, and GIF, and assign or replace
images on master form templates (such as placeholders for company logos, and so on).
● The Manage Text app lets users create a text string in the cloud, and assign it to existing handles on master
forms (such as, footer and sender address of a form)
Technical Details
Table 324:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1LQ
See also
Practices Explorer.

9.3.3 SAP S/4HANA On-Premise Integration with SAP Hybris
Marketing Cloud
Use
This scope item provides out-of-the-box integration between SAP S/4HANA On-Premise and
SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud.
Technical Details
Table 325:
Technical Name of Scope Item 23L
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

9.3.4 Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
In this version, we introduce a second sample application aimed at an internal user group, showing geographical
sales order reports using a third-party map provider.
To enable a seamless user experience, a link is created on the SAP Fiori launchpad. Your app offers you a SAP Fiori
UI experience and uses your usual Identity Provider to allow single sign-on.
In the background, the app makes full use of the SAP S/4HANA Cloud SDK, providing you with easy consumption
access to the SAP S/4HANA back-end system.
Technical Details
Table 326:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1RW
See also
Practices Explorer.

9.3.5 SAP S/4HANA Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris
Marketing Cloud
Use
This scope item provides out-of-the-box integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP Hybris Marketing
Cloud.
Technical Details
Table 327:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1UG
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

9.3.6 Key User Extensibility
Use
● Display list of user interfaces, CDS views, reports, forms, and so on that are extensible per scope item
● Change history of extended objects along with where-used
Technical Details
Table 328:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1N9
See also
Practices Explorer.
9.4 Key Mapping
Key Mapping

9.4.1 Key Mapping for Product
Table 329:
With this feature, you can perform key mapping for the following attributes of product in inbound and outbound SOAP service
interfaces:
● Product Number (MATNR)

● ProductAllocationProcedureID (KOSCH)
● ProductHierarchyInternalID (PRDHA)
● ExternalProductGroupInternalID (EXTWG)
● ProductGroupInternalID (MATKL)
● ConfigurableProductInternalID (SATNR)
● SalesOrganizationID (VKORG)
● SupplyingPlantID (DWERK)
Technical Details
Table 330:
Application Component LO-MD-MM
See Also
For more information about key mapping for product,, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Master Data Product Master Master Data Integration SOAP Service Interfaces for Product
Master Data Key Mapping for Product

10 Cross Components
10.1 Product
With this feature you can access product master data and context information. The SAP Fiori app Product displays
all relevant information about a product in one place and enables you to directly navigate to related business
objects.
Technical Details
Table 331:
Application Component LO-MD-MM(Material Master)
● The app Product is assigned to the predefined role Master Data Specialist - Product Data
(SAP_BR_PRODMASTER_SPECIALIST) for the SAP Fiori launchpad.
See Also
For more information about Product, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product Assistance
Master Data Product Master Product .

284 PUBLIC Cross Components
10.2 Product Master
10.2.1 Master Data Specialist - Product Data
Table 332:
With the business role template SAP_BR_PRODMASTER_SPECIALIST, you can replicate any product master data record that
is created or modified in the source system to a target system, if a communication arrangement is available between the two
systems. In this case, you can also maintain restriction criteria on the replication model if you want to restrict the replication of
data to a set of systems.
Note that replication of product master records will occur only for the replication models maintained in the restriction, Replica
tion Model - Product, available on the Maintain Business Roles tile on the Fiori Launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 333:
10.3 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier
10.3.1 Business Partner Enhancements
With the Payment Hub Integration, you can maintain payment card master data for business partner. You can
create, edit, and delete payment cards data.

Cross Components PUBLIC 285
Technical Details
Table 334:
Application Component LO-MD-BP
See Also
For more information about Business Partner enhancements, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Master Data Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Maintain Business Partner
10.3.2 Customer Master
With Customer Master app you can now maintain master data in the following facets:
● Unloading Points
● Identification Number
● Industries
In addition, the time independent data that you enter in Customer Master app becomes time dependent (except
General Data) by default. If you want to disable this feature, contact your system administrator.
Technical Details
Table 335:
Application Component LO-MD-BP-CM

See Also
For more information about Customer Master enhancements see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Master Data Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Customer Master
10.3.3 Supplier Master
With Supplier Master app you can now maintain master data in the following facets:
● Industries
In addition, the time independent data that you enter in Supplier Master app becomes time dependent (except
Technical Details
Table 336:
Application Component LO-MD-BP-VM
See Also
For more information about Supplier Master enhancements, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Master Data Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Supplier Master

10.3.4 Master Data Specialist - Business Partner Data
Table 337:
With the business role template SAP_BR_BUPA_MASTER_SPECIALIST, you can replicate any business partner master data
record that is created or modified in the source system to a target system, if a communication arrangement is available be
tween the two systems. In this case, you can also maintain restriction criteria on the replication model if you want to restrict the
replication of data to a set of systems.
Note that replication of business partner master records will occur only for the replication models maintained in the restriction,
Replication Model - Business Partner, available on the Maintain Business Roles tile on the Fiori Launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 338:
10.4 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass

Processing
10.5 Master Data Quality
10.6 Enterprise Browser Search Models
With this app, you can display all the the active and inactive CDS based search models. On further navigation to
each search model, the screen displays all the underlying CDS Views, tables, fields, relationship between the
Views, and the source code.

Technical Details
Table 339:
Application Component CA-GTF-HSB
See Also
For more information, look for the topic Enterprise Browser Search Models, see Product Assistance Cross
Components Enterprise Browser Search Models .
10.7 Analytics
10.7.1 Create Evaluation
This app is enhanced to enable alerts for each evaluation and notify the device or the person when threshold
values are violated at runtime. Alerts can only be set to evaluation that is built on a CDS view which is HANA cache
enabled and for threshold fields with some defined values.
Technical Details
Table 340:
Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-DT
CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT

Additional Details
This app is enhanced to set alerts when the threshold values are violated. Set Alerts column will be visible and
triggered only for CDS views that are HANA cached.
See Also
For more information, look for the topic Create Evaluation, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps . .
10.7.2 Configure Drill-Down
This app is enhanced with subscription to alerts at runtime. You can unsubscribe the alerts, if required. Also, you
will be notified by mail if there is a violation.
Technical Details
Table 341:
CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT
See Also
For more information, look for the topic Configure Drill-Down, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .
10.7.3 KPI Workspace
This app is enhanced to edit threshold values of SAP-delivered evaluation.

Technical Details
Table 342:
CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT
See Also
For more information, look for the topic KPI Workspace, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .
10.7.4 Date Function
Enhanced this app with the following new configurations in Base and Relative fields:
● From Today
● From First Day of
● From Last Day of
The result displayed can be a single date or a date range that is calculated based on the base date and the relative
date.
Technical Details
Table 343:
Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-DF

See Also
For more information, look for the topic Date Function, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics .
10.7.5 View Browser
Enhanced this app with the following features:
● View count tool bar displays the count based on the chosen view type.
● View Status columns displays the status (Draft/Published) of custom created CDS views.
The Draft Status column with check mark indicates that the CDS view has 2 statuses, Published and Draft.
● Search field is enhanced to display the draft, published status of CDS views, if enabled in the Settings
● Navigation to CDS view detailed page from other apps.
Technical Details
Table 344:
Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-VB
See Also
For more information, look for the topic View Browser, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics .
10.7.6 Query Browser
Enhanced this app with the following features:
● Displays all the analytical queries created using Custom Analytical Queries app.
● Search Field is enhanced to search for all analytical queries.

Technical Details
Table 345:
Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-QB
See Also
For more information, look for the topic Query Browser, see Product Assistance Generic Information
Analytics .
10.8 Extensibility Cockpit
With this feature you can:
● Navigate to SAP Best Practices Explorer for details about a scope item
● View information about structural and logic enhancements on business context level
● Personalize the appearance of worklists on all screens
● View details about an integration scenario to consume an API
● Navigate to the Communication Arrangement app for additional details about an integration scenario
● View details about a selected CDS view in the View Browser app
Technical Details
Table 346:
Application Component CA-GTF-EI

A system administrator must complete the required configuration so that users can view data in the app. For more
information, see the Customer Guide.
See Also
For more information about Extensibility Cockpit, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance
Generic Information Extensibility Extensibility Cockpit
10.9 View Replication
With this feature you can replicate released CDS views along with the underlying tables and data from an SAP S/
4HANA Cloud system to an SAP Cloud Platform (SCP) target system.
Note
The functionality for replicating CDS views is restricted to a select set of customers. If you want to find out
more, please contact your Sales team.
This includes the following:
● Configuring a target system in which the CDS views are published

● Deleting a target system resulting in the deletion of all the views, tables, and data in the target system
● Publishing (addition and deletion) released CDS views from an SAP S/4 HANA source system
● Downloading the metadata of CDS views
● Viewing details of the replication in the Application Log app
Technical Details
Table 347:
Application Components CA-GTF-EI

Deleting a target system configuration results in a master reset that deletes all the views, tables, and data in the
target system.
Adding released CDS views might result in sensitive personal data being replicated.
A system administrator must complete the required configuration so that users can publish (replicate/delete)
data.
10.10 Business Event Subscription
With this feature, you can view the application log. This log contains details about the changes made to
subscriptions, and it is stored for a year after which it is automatically deleted.
Technical Details
Table 348:
Country Dependency Valid for all
Application Component CA-GTF-BEH
See Also
For more information about Business Event Subscription, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1705 Product
Assistance Generic Information Business Event Handling Business Event Subscription .

10.11 Enterprise Event Enablement
With this framework you can exchange events across different platforms for seamless event-driven
communication.
Technical Details
Table 349:
Application Component OPU-BSE-BEP
10.12.1 SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud Integration with SAP

Hybris Cloud for Customer
Use
● Replication of marketing permissions and marketing attributes from C4C to SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud

Technical Details
Table 350:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1J9
See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.2 Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud
Use
● Bidirectional master data replication for SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud customer and SAP S/4HANA
Cloud Business Partner
Technical Details
Table 351:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2AP

See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.3 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Bill of

Materials
Use
● Change pointers are utilized in the synchronization process.
Technical Details
Table 352:
Technical Name of Scope Item 24H

See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.4 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Contact

Person
Use
Technical Details
Table 353:
Technical Name of Scope Item 24F

See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.5 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Primary

Master Data
Use
● Change pointers are used to assist in identification of records to be synchronized to SAP Global Trade
Services.
Technical Details
Table 354:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1WA

See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.6 SAP CRM Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud
Use
Marketing experts can start campaigns to create tasks, appointments, leads, phone calls in SAP CRM and sync
them back to SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud.
Technical Details
Table 355:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1NP

See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.7 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Document

Transfer
Use
● A new post-processing app is provided to transfer relevant documents in case a communication issue between
SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP Global Trade Services prevented their successful transfer at the time of
creation.
Technical Details
Table 356:


See also
Practices Explorer.
10.12.8 Responsibility Determination
Use
● Added the Product Lifecycle Management business scenario Engineering Change Management with Change
Records.
● Added the Advanced Bank Account Management business scenario Bank Account Master Data Processing
with Full Cash Management and Workflow Revision Activate.
Technical Details
Table 357:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1NJ
See also
Practices Explorer.

10.12.9 Offers with Coupons on Mobile App
Use
Offers created in SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud can now contain coupons to provide discounts and rebates to
customers.
The mobile channel can be utilized to send offers as push notifications to the mobile phone of customers.
Two new SAP Analytics Cloud stories are available: Offer Preview and Success.
Technical Details
Table 358:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1HQ
See also
Practices Explorer.

10.12.10 SAP ERP Order and Business Partner Integration
Use
The scope item has been updated to support bulk data processing to improve performance.
Technical Details
Table 359:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1KW
See also
Practices Explorer.
10.13 Custom Fields and Logic
● You can now enable fields for being used in OData APIs and SOAP APIs. You can furthermore check in which
BAPIs and IDocs fields are used.
● You can now write data from enhancement implemenations to custom business objects.
● You can now implement the execution of outbound services.
● Terms related to custom logic were changed.

Technical Details
Table 360:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-FLD
Enablement of Fields in OData APIs, SOAP APIs, BAPIs, and IDocs

The user interface for editing a custom field has been enhanced by new tabs: OData API, SOAP API, BAPI, IDocs
Custom fields created for business apps with extensible BAPIs and IDocs are automatically enabled for usage in
these BAPIs and IDocs.
Term Changes Related to Custom Logic

The following terms related to custom logic were changed:
Table 361: Header Terms in Overview Table
Old Term New Term
Enhancement Implementation Implementation Description
Enhancement Implementation ID Implementation ID
Enhancement Option Definition Description
Identifier Definition ID
Table 362: Terms in Creation Dialog
Old Term New Term
Enhancement Option Definition Description
Name Implementation Description
Identifier Implementation ID
Table 363: Terms on Details Screen
Old Term New Term
Description Definition Description

Old Term New Term
Description (leading to further information about the definition Documentation

on which your implementation is based)

Custom fields can now be used to transfer data using OData APIs and SOAP APIs between the S/4HANA system
and external systems.
Writing Data from Enhancement Implementations to Custom Business Objects

If an enhancement implementation is based on a BAdI with which you can write data into custom business objects,
you can implement the data transfer from this enhancement implementation to custom business objects.
Executing Outbound Services

You can use outbound services to create, update, or retrieve data in enhancement implementations.
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic How to Create Custom Fields .
Writing Data from Enhancement Implementations to Custom Business Objects

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic How to Create Custom Logic Code
Samples to Write Data from an Enhancement Implementation to Custom Business Objects .

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic How to Create Custom Logic
Executing Outbound Services .
10.14 Custom CDS Views
Predelivered CDS views that are provided by SAP are now protected to ensure that customer interfaces used in
custom CDS views stay stable.

Technical Details
Table 364:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-GKE
Additional Details
Custom CDS views that are affected by this change, need to be adopted. For more information, see SAP Note
2534194 .
Affected custom CDS views need to be published again in a certain order. This order can be differ from user to
user. For this reason, users with affected CDS views are asked to report an incident on the component BC-SRV-
APS-GKE for support.
Affected CDS views used in an OData service that is used in an active communication scenario cannot be used any
longer. Also in this case, users are asked to report an incident on the component BC-SRV-APS-GKE for support.
With the protection of CDS views provided by SAP, users need to stick to the following guidelines when using a
custom CDS view in an OData scenario:
● The custom CDS view must not have dependencies to any parent CDS view.
● The custom CDS view must not be used as data source for another custom CDS view.
● The custom CDS view must not have dependencies to any predelivered CDS view provided by SAP.
● The custom CDS view must not be changed if it is part of an OData service that is used in an active
communication scenario.
See Also

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom CDS Views How to Work with Scenarios .

For more information, see SAP Note 2534194 .
10.15 Custom Business Objects
● You can now write data from actions and determinations to custom business objects.
● You can now implement the execution of outbound services.
Technical Details
Table 365:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-BO
Writing Data from Actions and Determinations to Custom Business Objects

If an enhancement implementation is based on a BAdI with which you can write data into custom business objects,
you can implement the data transfer from this enhancement implementation to custom business objects.

You can use outbound services to create, update, or retrieve data in custom business objects.
See Also
Writing Data from Actions and Determinations to Custom Business Objects

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Business Objects Code Samples to Write Data from
Determinations or Actions to Custom Business Objects .

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Business Objects Executing Outbound Services .

10.16 Export Software Collection
● You can now add missing items to your software collection.

● In the Add Items dialog, you can now search for items to add by filtering the list of items.
Technical Details
Table 366:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-SL
Additional Details
Adding Missing Items

If you want to export items that have dependencies to other items outside your software collection, you can add all
dependent items to the software collection at once.
Filtering for Items

In the Add Items dialog, you can now filter for items to add by the following criteria:
● Type
● Last Changed On
● Last Changed By
● Name
● Item ID
Adding Missing Items

The button Add Missing Items has been added to the UI.
Filtering for Items

A filter bar has been added to the Add Items dialog.

See Also

General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Export Software Collection How to Manage and Export Your
Software Collection .
10.17 Custom Analytical Queries
Use
● Derivation for parameter is supported.

● Advance user settings is introduced for viewing SQL View name of a custom analytical query.
Technical Details
Table 367:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-AQD
● Added a new icon on the UI for Advance User Settings to for view SQL View name of a custom analytical query
● You can create a derivation using SAP released/custom date functions.
See Also
For more information about details to be aware of when and how to use these fields, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility
Custom Analytical Queries Filter for Parameters

10.18 Custom Tiles
This app enables you to create your own tiles to access external applications. You can start these tiles from the
SAP Fiori Launchpad in your SAP S/4 HANA Cloud system.
Technical Details
Table 368:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT
See Also
For more information about this app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic
Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Tiles .
10.19 Custom Communication Scenarios
In the Custom Communication Scenarios app, you can now add outbound services that can be executed using the
Custom Business Objects app or the Custom Fields and Logic app.
Technical Details
Table 369:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT

See Also
For more information about executing outbound services, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Business Objects
Executing Outbound Services .
10.20 Output Management (CA)
10.20.1 Manage Logos
Use
This feature enables you to manage the logos for your master forms. It also provides information about how many
and which master forms use a specific logo.
● Upload logos
● Edit logos
● Delete logos
Technical Details
Table 370:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-OM

In Customizing under Cross-Application Components Output Control Define Rules for Determination of
Master Form Template , the assignment for logos is added.
10.20.2 Manage Texts
Use
This feature enables you to manage the texts for your master forms. It also provides information about how many
and which master forms use a specific text.
● Create texts
● Edit texts
● Delete texts
● Maintain language variants for the texts
Technical Details
Table 371:
Application Component BC-SRV-APS-OM
In Customizing under Cross-Application Components Output Control Define Rules for Determination of
Master Form Template , the assignment for texts is added.
10.21 Business User Management

10.21.1 Maintain Employees
You can now display the changes that have been made to employees.
Technical Details
Table 372:
Application Component CA-GTF-BUM
10.22 Identity and Access Management
10.22.1 Improved Authorization Checks for OData Services and

CDS Views
Additional filters on database table views and new authorization objects further harden authorized access to
sensitive data. These filters return a selection of database table entries on the basis of existing as well as new
authorizations.
Technical Details
Table 373:
Application Component CA

Additional Details
End user access to sensitive data is protected through authorization checks. If an end user triggers a sequence of
consecutive data accesses, we now provide additional checks.
In general, no actions are required for end customers.
New filters and new authorizations may lead to some slight changes in the behavior of your application:
● Value help
Newly introduced filters and authorizations may lead to a reduced amount of data being returned by the value
help. Only the values you really require are displayed.
● Restriction types
If you defined business roles with restrictions, you should review these restricted roles after the upgrade.
Please review these business roles and check whether new restriction fields have been added during the
upgrade and whether the settings for them are correct or require adjustments. Keep in mind that empty
restriction fields mean that no access to the underlying data is granted.
● Custom CDS views
For existing custom CDS views you may observe the following inconsistencies:
○ A custom CDS view is unprotected even though the referred SAP data source view is protected.
○ A custom CDS view is unprotected even though the custom data source view is protected.
○ A custom CDS view returns less data if using a data source with privileged access only.
In the unexpected case you observe such inconsistencies, please file a ticket on the respective application
component with reference to this What's New chapter.
10.24 Legal Content Management
10.24.1 Legal Content Overview
With this app, you can analyze the most important legal transactions, contexts, and documents that you need to
process. The graphical representation of the most critical tasks summarizes key information from the underlying

apps that you are working on so that you can analyze and identify upcoming important dates, reminders, and
transactions and take quicker decisions.
Technical Details
Table 374:
Application Component LCM-LT
See Also
For more information about Legal Content Overview application, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under
Product Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Legal Content
Overview .
10.24.2 Manage Legal Documents
With this app, you can display the legal documents that were uploaded as a static file through the Manage Legal
Transaction app. It allows you to browse all documents that were created or uploaded. You can even modify the
documents in this app.
Technical Details
Table 375:
Application Component LCM-DOC

See Also
For more information about Manage Legal Documents application, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under
Product Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Legal Transactions
Documents Manage Documents .
10.24.3 Enterprise Search
With this feature, you can search for all the legal transactions, contexts, and documents from the Fiori Launchpad.
This enables you to go directly to the respective application and display or edit the data or find related objects.
Technical Details
Table 376:
Application Component LCM-GF
See Also
For more information about Enterprise Search, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product
Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Enterprise Search .
10.24.4 Data Aging
Data aging helps you to move Document objects and Legal Transaction objects from the current area (hot
memory) to the historical area (cold memory) of a database. This process helps to free up the memory and
quickens queries within a database.

Technical Details
Table 377:
Application Component LCM-GF
Before using this feature, maintain the configuration for Data Aging in the SAP Implementation Guide under
Legal Content Management Data Aging Maintain Document Aging Rule and Maintain Legal Transaction
Aging Rule .
See Also
For more information about Data Aging, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product Assistance
Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Legal Transaction .
10.24.5 Tasks
An important enhancement to the Legal Transaction feature is the ability to create tasks and start workflows. Tasks
are predefined workflow steps in the context and are generated based on this information in the legal transaction.
Technical Details
Table 378:
Application Component LCM-TSK

The following settings are required:
● Configuration settings under - Cross-Application Components > General Application Functions >
Responsibility Management > Define Functions
● Configuration settings under - Cross-Application Components > General Application Functions >
Responsibility Management > Define Functions
● SAP NetWeaver > Application Server > Business Management > SAP Business Workflow > Flexible Workflow >
Scenario Activation
● SAP NetWeaver > SAP Gateway Service Enablement > Content > Workflow Settings > Maintain Task Names
and Decision Options
● SAP NetWeaver > Application Server > Business Management > SAP Business Workflow > Notifications > SAP
Fiori Notifications > Configure Notifications
See Also
For more information about configuring the Workflow, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product
Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Configuring Workflow .
For more information about configuring the Workflow, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 under Product
Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Legal Transactions .

11 Country Specifics
11.1 Brazil
11.1.1 Cross Applications
11.1.1.1 Verify Nota Fiscal
With this feature you can verify all important data of a nota fiscal, such as tax calculation, transport and product
information. Besides that, you can check the documents that originated the nota fiscal and if the nota fiscal has
any subsequent documents.
Technical Details
Table 379:
Technical Name of Product Feature F2056_S4CE
Country Dependency Brazil
Application Component XX-CSC-BR-MM and XX-CSC-BR-SD

Country Specifics PUBLIC 321
Additional Details
With this feature you can also execute the following tasks:
● Filter the search for a specific nota fiscal or for a group of notas fiscais using a combination of parameters,
such as nota fiscal number, company code, business place, partner ID.
● See the most important data of the nota fiscal on the same screen.
● See additional data of the nota fiscal, for example, issuer and item details.
● Check the nota fiscal document flow.
11.1.1.2 Verify Service Nota Fiscal
With this feature you can verify all important data of a service nota fiscal, such as tax calculation, the service
provider and taker information, service location, and the service description.
Technical Details
Table 380:
Technical Name of Product Feature F2206_S4CE
Application Component XX-CSC-BR-MM and XX-CSC-BR-SD
Additional Details
With this feature you can also execute the following tasks:
● Filter the search for a specific service nota fiscal or for a group of service notas fiscais using a combination of
parameters, such as service nota fiscal number, company code, business place, partner ID.
● See the most important data of the service nota fiscal on the same screen.
● Check the service nota fiscal document flow.

322 PUBLIC Country Specifics
11.1.1.3 Service Nota Fiscal for Telecom and Energy Services
With this feature, you can create service notas fiscais for telecom and energy services.
Use
The following models of service notas fiscais are supported:
● Model 6 - Electrical Energy

● Model 21 - Communication Services
● Model 22 - Telecommunication Services
Technical Details
Table 381:
Application Component XX-CSC-BR-MM
Additional Details
With this feature you can create utilities service notas fiscais with full 9-digit number in the following scenarios:
● Using the Logistics Invoice Verification (MIRO) transaction.

● Using the Goods Receipt (MIGO) transaction.
● Using the manual creation process (NF Writer).
11.2 China

11.2.1 Finance
11.2.1.1 Business Catalogs for China
Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for China require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to
your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow
your users to use their business apps as needed.
Technical Details
Table 382:
Country Dependency Valid for China
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN
Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types.
Note

Display Financial Statements - China
Table 383: Business Catalogs in Display Financial Statements - China
● General Ledger - Reporting China To ensure that users with the General ● Company Code/Profit Center/Cost
(SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_CN Ledger Accountant for China Element (BUKRS_PRCTR_KSTAR)
_PC) (SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT_CN) busi
ness role have correct access to data in
reporting, you must ensure that the fol
lowing restriction types have been cor
rectly maintained.
Display Supplier Summary - China
Table 384: Business Catalogs in Display Supplier Summary - China
● Accounts Payable - Operations To ensure that users with the Accounts ● Company Code/Profit Center/Cost
China Payable Accountant for China Element (BUKRS_PRCTR_KSTAR)
(SAP_FIN_BC_AP_OPER_CN_PC) (SAP_BR_AP_ACCOUNTANT_CN) busi ● Business Area (GSBER)
ness role have correct access to data in ● Supplier Account Group (KTOKK)
rectly maintained.

Import Bank Statements - China
Table 385: Business Catalogs in Import Bank Statements - China
● Cash - Electronic Payment Integra New business catalog. ● Authorization Group (BRGRU)
tion China ● Customer Numbe (BRKUNNR)
(SAP_FIN_BC_CASH_EPIC_CN_PC)
● Vendor Account Number (BRLIFNR)
● Company Code (BUKRS)
● Fiscal Yea (CEGJAHR)
● Bank Communication Type
(EPIC_BCTYP)
● Action for Automatic Procedures in
Financial Accounting (FBTCH)
● Action ID (FPRLACTION)
● Short Key for a House Bank (HBKID)
● ID for Account Details (HKTID)
● Payment Information Field to Be
Changed (ITEM_FIELD)
● Field Name (ITEM_FLD_X)
● Item Status for Which Editing Is Al
lowed (ITEM_STS)
● Account Type (KOART)

Process Payment Items - China
Table 386: Business Catalogs in Process Payment Items - China
(EPIC_BCTYP)
lowed (ITEM_STS)
Manage Workflows for Payment Items Approval - China
Table 387: Business Catalogs in Manage Workflows for Payment Items Approval - China
● Cash Management - Configuration New business catalog. No restriction types.

for Electronic Payment Integration
China
(SAP_FIN_BC_CM_CONF_EPIC_CN
_PC)

My Inbox for Payment Items - China
Table 388: Business Catalogs in My Inbox for Payment Items - China
● Cash Management - Electronic Pay New business catalog. No restriction types.

ment Integration China
(SAP_FIN_BC_CM_EPIC_CN_PC)
Define Settings for Audit Data Extraction - China
Table 389: Business Catalogs in Define Settings for Audit Data Extraction - China
● Audits - Reporting China New business catalog. ● Company Code (BUKRS)

(SAP_FIN_BC_AUDITS_CN_PC) ● Ledger (GLRLDNR)
See Also
description, which can be displayed for each business catalog in the Maintain Business Roles app.
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and
Access Management .
11.2.1.2 Configuration for Bill of Exchange Management
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for bill of exchange
management in China. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.
● Define Additional Explanation for Counting Exceptions

Define additional explanations for Bills of Exchange (BoE) counting exceptions. For example, the bill of
exchange is in transit.
● Maintain Bill of Exchange Activated Companies
Maintain the companies that have activated Bill of Exchange function.

Technical Details
Table 390:
See Also
Solution .
11.2.1.3 Configuration for Payment Release List
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Settings for
Payment Release List in China. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your
Solution app.
● Activate Application
Activate a payment release list application.
● Specify Company Codes
Specify the paying company codes for which payment release list is to be used.
Technical Details
Table 391:

See Also
Solution .
11.2.1.4 Configuration for Foreign Trade Regulations
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Settings for Foreign
Trade Regulations in Switzerland. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your
Solution app.
● Define Reporting Subcategories

Create subreporting categories that are reported in the foreign trade declaration.
● Define Criteria for Assigning Documents to Reporting Category
Define how the system groups documents into a given reporting category.
Technical Details
Table 392:
Country Dependency Valid for Switzerland
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CH
See Also
Solution .
11.2.1.5 Manage Workflows for Payment Items - China
With this feature you can set up an approval process that has multiple levels and multiple approvers. You can also
allow payment items to be released directly for payment when their amount is under a certain threshold.

Technical Details
Table 393:
See Also
● My Inbox for Payment Items - China [page 331]

● Process Payment Items - China [page 332]
11.2.1.6 My Inbox for Payment Items - China
With this feature you can approve or reject groups of payment items submitted for approval.
Technical Details
Table 394:
Product Feature is
Country Dependency New
See Also
● Manage Workflows for Payment Items - China [page 330]

● Process Payment Items - China [page 332]

11.2.1.7 Process Payment Items - China
● create items to be paid by a payment proposal run

● submit items to a payment approval process
● create payment orders
Technical Details
Table 395:
See Also
● Manage Workflows for Payment Items - China [page 330]

● My Inbox for Payment Items - China [page 331]
11.2.1.8 Import Bank Statements
With this feature, you can download sample excel format of bank statement and then fill it with values from bank
and upload it into the system for further processing.
Technical Details
Table 396:

11.2.1.9 Define Settings for Audit Data Extraction – China
With this app, you can make configurations for data and format mapping preparation so that audit data will be
extracted by using the Advanced Compliance Reporting (ACR) Framework.
Technical Details
Table 397:
11.2.1.10 Bills of Exchange - China
With this feature, you can use the following apps for the purpose of processing bills of exchange in China.
● Create BoE for AR Claim -China

● BoE Receivable for Accountant - China
● BoE Receivable Transactions for Accountant - China
● Create BoE for AP Claim - China
● BoE Payable for Accountant - China
● BoE Payable Transactions for Accountant - China
● Create Counting Job - China
● Counting List - China
● Create BoE for Collection - China
● Create BoE for Custody - China
● Create BoE for Discount - China
● Create BoE for Endorsement - China
● Create BoE for Pledge - China
● Create BoE for Payment - China
● Process Blank BoE - China
● Create BoE Receivable - China
● Create BoE Payable - China

● Create BoE Receivable in Batch - China
● Create BoE Payable in Batch - China
● BoE Receivable for Cashier - China
● BoE Payable for Cashier - China
● BoE Receivable Journal Entries - China
● BoE Payable Journal Entries - China
● BoE Payable Details - China
● BoE Receivable Details - China
● BoE Receivable Transactions for Cashier and Treasury Manager - China
● BoE Payable Transactions for Cashier and Treasury Manager - China
● BoE Receivable for Treasury Manager - China
● BoE Payable for Treasury Manager
Technical Details
Table 398:
Additional Details
● You use the Create BoE for AR Claim -China app to initiate the process of posting bills of exchange receivable
with the option to clear relevant invoices when a customer pays with bills of exchange.
● You use the BoE Receivable for Accountant - China app to view or process bill of exchange receivable.
● You use the BoE Receivable Transactions for Accountant - China app to view transactions of bills of exchange
receivable or process the postings for the transactions.
● You use the Create BoE for AP Claim - China app to initiate the process of posting bills of exchange payable
with the option to clear relevant invoices when you use bills of exchange to pay for vendor invoices.
● You use the BoE Payable for Accountant - China app to view or process bills of exchange payable.
● You use the BoE Payable Transactions for Accountant - China app to view transactions of bills of exchange or
process the postings for the transactions.
● You use the Create Counting Job - China app to create a counting job to trigger the internal counting that
reveals the discrepancy between the received bills of exchange and the data in the system.
● You use the Counting List - China app to centrally manage the internal counting process that reveals the
discrepancy between the received bills of exchange and the data in the system.
● You use the Create BoE for Collection - China app to initiate the collection process when the due date of a bill of
exchange has reached.

● You use the Create BoE for Custody - China app to initiate the custody process when the holder of a bill of
exchange entrusts a third party to manage the bill of exchange.
● You use the Create BoE for Discount - China app to initiate the discount process when the holder of a bill of
exchange sells the bill of exchange at a discount to a bank.
● You use the Create BoE for Endorsement - China app to initiate the endorsement process when the holder of a
bill of exchange pays a third party with the received bill of exchange, or the holder sends the bill of exchange to
another company within a group company for central management.
● You use the Create BoE for Pledge - China app to initiate the pledge process when the holder of a bill of
exchange uses the bill of exchange as a promise for payment.
● You use the Create BoE for Payment - China app to initiate the payment process when the drawer of a bill of
exchange needs to pay for the bill of exchange payable at any time before the due date.
● You use the Process Blank BoE - China app to initiate the management process of blank notes that contain a
series of unique bills of exchange with empty value.
● You use the Create BoE Receivable - China app to create the master data of a receivable bill of exchange into
system.
● You use the Create BoE Payable - China app to enter the master data of a bill of exchange payable into the
system.
● You use the Create BoE Receivable in Batch - China app to create the master data of bills of exchange
receivable in batch by using the batch import function.
● You use the Create BoE Payable in Batch - China app to create the master data of bills of exchange payable in
batch by using the batch import function.
● You use the BoE Receivable for Cashier - China app to view or process bills of exchange receivable.
● You use the BoE Payable for Cashier - China app to view or process bills of exchange payable.
● You use the BoE Receivable Journal Entries - China app to filter and view bills of exchange receivable in a list
with all the essential master data and relevant journal entry information.
● You use the BoE Payable Journal Entries - China app to filter and view bills of exchange payable in a list with all
the essential master data and relevant journal entry information.
● You use the BoE Payable Details - China app to filter and view bills of exchange payable in a list with all the
essential master data and the status.
● You use the BoE Receivable Details - China app to filter and view bills of exchange receivable in a list with all the
essential master data and the status.
● You use the BoE Receivable Transactions for Cashier and Treasury Manager - China app to view or process
transactions of bills of exchange receivable.
● You use the BoE Payable Transactions for Cashier and Treasury Manager - China app to view or process
transactions of bills of exchange payable.
● You use the BoE Receivable for Treasury Manager - China app to view or process bills of exchange receivable.
● You use the BoE Payable for Treasury Manager - China app to view or process bills of exchange payable.
11.2.1.11 Accounts Payable and Receivable
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - China GL Reporting app to generate
accounts payable and receivable report for China.

Technical Details
Table 399:
Application Component XX-CSC-CN-GAI
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for China in the product assistance
under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711.
11.2.1.12 Assets Accounting
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - China GL Reporting app to generate assets
accounting report for China.
Technical Details
Table 400:
See Also

11.2.1.13 Common Information
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - China GL Reporting app to generate
company common information report for China.
Technical Details
Table 401:
See Also
11.2.1.14 General Ledger
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - China GL Reporting app to generate general
ledger report for China.
Technical Details
Table 402:

See Also
11.3 Denmark
11.3.1 Finance
11.3.1.1 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Denmark
With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The
following country-specific payment formats and bank statements are available for Denmark:
● DK_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)

● DK_CGI_XML_DD (payment format)
● CAMT.053, version 2 (bank statement)
● MT940 (bank statement)
You can also manually import the payment rejection (pain.002) files. This payment rejection file contains
information about the rejection reasons of the DK_CGI_XML_DD payment files.
Technical Details
Table 403:
Country Dependency Valid for Denmark
Application Component FI-LOC-FI

See Also
For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Denmark, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Denmark Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (DK) .
11.4 France
11.4.1 Finance
11.4.1.1 Bills of Exchange Receivable
With this feature, you can use the following apps for the purpose of processing bills of exchange receivable in
France.
● Receive Bills of Exchange

You use the Receive Bills of Exchange - France app to post bills of exchange and clear their invoices.
● Discounting
You use the Discounting - France app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange
for discounting manually.
● Collection
You use the Collection - France app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for
collection manually.
● BoE Presentation
You use the BoE Presentation - France app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of
exchange usage in mass and automatically
● Reverse BoE Liabilities
You use the Reverse BoE Liabilities - France app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities after the expiration date or
after the country-specific protest period expires.
● Maintain BoE Liabilities
You use the Maintain BoE Liabilities - France app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities in mass.

Technical Details
Table 404:
Country Dependency Valid for France
Application Component FI-AR-AR-BE
11.4.1.2 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - France
With this feature, you can use the Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - France app to post the payment when the
due date of a bill of exchange is reached and when your bank pays the bill of exchange.
Technical Details
Table 405:
Application Component FI-AP-AP-BE
11.4.1.3 Extended BoE List - France
With this feature, you can use the Extended BoE List - France app to list all the bills of exchange receivable and
payable with all the essential data.
Technical Details
Table 406:

Application Component FI-GL-IS
11.4.1.4 Payment-Related Updates for France
This feature enables you to use the following updates regarding payments in France:
● Two new payment formats are available: FR_CGI_XML_DD and FR_CFONB320.

● The FR_SEPA_CT and FR_SEPA_DD payment formats are no longer supported.
● A new bank statement, CFONB320 is available.
Technical Details
Table 407:
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-FR
See Also
For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions France Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (FR) .
11.4.1.5 Overdue Invoices
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to create a list of invoices containing amounts (or partial
amounts) that have not been paid until a certain due date. This list can then help you to fill the forms Article D.441-
I (vendor invoices) and Article D.441-II (customer invoices) as established by law in France.

Technical Details
Table 408:
Country Dependency Valid only for France
See Also
For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions France Advanced Compliance
Reporting for France , for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
Assistance.
11.5 India
11.5.1 Finance
11.5.1.1 Withholding Tax
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the withholding tax returns for the
government in India.
Technical Details
Table 409:

Country Dependency Valid for India
Application Component XX-CSC-IN-FI
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for India in the product assistance
11.5.1.2 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for India
following country-specific payment formats and bank statements are available for India:
● IN_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)

● IN_MT101 (payment format)
Technical Details
Table 410:
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IN
See Also
For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for India, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions India Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (IN) .

11.5.1.3 Self Service Configuration
11.5.1.3.1 Map Invoice Time Tax Code and Tax Types
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to map invoice time tax types and tax
codes to payment time tax types and tax codes.
Technical Details
Table 411:
See Also
Solution .
11.5.1.3.2 Maintain Company Code, Section Code, and TAN
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to maintain the company code,
section code, and the tax deduction account number (TAN).
Technical Details
Table 412:

See Also
Solution .
11.5.1.3.3 Maintain Acknowledgement No for Quarterly Returns
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to maintain acknowledgement
number for quarterly returns.
Technical Details
Table 413:
See Also
Solution .

11.5.1.3.4 Classify Exemption Reasons
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to classify the exemption reasons
that apply under Section 197 and Section 197 A of the Income Tax Act.
Technical Details
Table 414:
See Also
Solution .
11.5.1.3.5 Define Section Code
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to define section codes.
Technical Details
Table 415:

See Also
Solution .
11.5.1.3.6 Maintain Section Code Level Data for eFiling
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to make settings to ensure that when
you prepare a TDS return for India, the system prints the necessary details on it.
Technical Details
Table 416:
See Also
Solution .
11.5.1.4 Goods and Services Tax
With this feature, you can create sales and vendor invoices that are in compliance with the Goods and Services Tax
(GST) act of 2016, effective from July 01, 2017. GST integrates the federal excise duties, custom duties, service tax,
state VAT, and so on into a single point levy. This tax is applicable throughout India barring a few commodities (like
electricity, petroleum products namely petroleum crude, motor spirit (petrol), high speed diesel, natural gas and
aviation turbine fuel among others). These excluded goods or services continue to attract excise duty even after
the introduction of GST.

Technical Details
Table 417:
Application Component XX-CSC-IN-SD, XX-CSC-IN-MM
11.5.1.4.1 Self Service Configuration
11.5.1.4.1.1 Maintain HSN and SAC
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to define Harmonized System
Nomenclature (HSN) codes or service accounting codes (SAC).
Table 418:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.2 Define and Assign G/L Accounts
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to assign one or more G/L accounts
to each defined business place.

Technical Details
Table 419:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.3 Define Business Places
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to define business places for use in
Indian company codes.
Technical Details
Table 420:
See Also

11.5.1.4.1.4 Assign Business Places to Plants
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to assign a business place to one or
more plants.
Technical Details
Table 421:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.5 Maintain Document Classes
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to specify which document classes
you issue that require official document numbering.
Technical Details
Table 422:

See Also
11.5.1.4.1.6 Assign Document Types to Document Classes
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to specify which document classes
you issue that require official document numbering.
Technical Details
Table 423:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.7 Maintain Number Groups
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to create number groups to maintain
your official document number ranges in the system.

Technical Details
Table 424:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.8 Assign Number Ranges to Business Places
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to assign your number ranges to:
● A company code and a business place

● One or more official document classes
● A validity period, within which the official documents have to be used
The system uses these settings to control the issue of official document numbers and keep track of the invoices
issued and payments received, for each business place.
Technical Details
Table 425:

See Also
11.5.1.4.1.9 Assign Tax Code to Company Codes
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to assign the tax code relevant for
goods and services tax (GST) to Indian company codes.
Technical Details
Table 426:
See Also
11.5.1.4.1.10 Classify Condition Types
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to classify the condition types you
use for Goods and Services Tax (GST).

Technical Details
Table 427:
See Also
11.6 Indonesia
11.6.1 Finance
11.6.1.1 VAT Return
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - Indonesia GL Reporting app to generate VAT
reports for Indonesia.
Technical Details
Table 428:
Country Dependency Valid for Indonesia

Application Component XX-CSC-ID-FI
See Also
For more information about the VAT Return report for Indonesia, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD > Product Assistance
11.6.1.2 Cash Flow Statements
With this feature, you can use the following apps in the Financial Reporting for the purposes of processing cash
flow statements for Indonesia.
● Print Document Extracts

You use the Print Document Extracts - Indonesia app to prints letters in which selected customer items and/or
vendor items of a document are listed.
● Display Cash Flow Statements
You use the Display Cash Flow Statement - Indonesia app to display a cash flow statement and output the
statement in the PDF format which is compliant with the regulations.
● Define Cash Flow Statement Versions
You use the Define Cash Flow Statement Versions - Indonesia app to define a cash flow statement version for
the integration with the Displaz Cash Flow Statements - Indonesia app.
● Determine Offsetting Accounts Automatically
You use the Auto Determine Offsetting Accounts - Indonesia app to determine the offsetting accounts
automatically based on the configured G/L account number priority.
● Determine Offsetting Accounts Manually
You use the Manually Determine Offsetting Accounts - Indonesia app to determine the offsetting accounts
manually, that is, to manually set up the G/L account pairs, in the case that the Display Cash Flow Statement -
Indonesia program does not determine any offsetting accounts or it does not determine them correctly for a
given document.
Note
Because the core functions, such as document listing and document display, are called by these apps,
Indonesia business roles are not sufficient. You will need to also have the core business role
SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT to use these apps.

Technical Details
Table 429:
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ID
11.6.1.3 Configuration for Cash Flow Statements
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Cash Flow
Statements in Indonesia. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.
● Define Sequence for Sorting Line Items by G/L Account Number

Specify in which order the Display Cash Flow Statement - Indonesia app sorts the complex accounting
document line items (by G/L account).
Technical Details
Table 430:
See Also

government in Indonesia.
Technical Details
Table 431:
Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Indonesia in the product assistance
11.6.1.5 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Indonesia
following country-specific payment formats and bank statements are available for Indonesia:
● ID_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)

● ID_MT101 (payment format)
Technical Details
Table 432:

See Also
For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Indonesia, see http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Indonesia Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (ID) .
11.7 Ireland
11.7.1 Finance
government in Ireland.
Technical Details
Table 433:
Country Dependency Valid for Ireland

See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Ireland in the product assistance
11.8 Italy
11.8.1 Finance
government in Italy.
Technical Details
Table 434:
Country Dependency Valid for Italy
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Italy in the product assistance

11.8.1.2 Payment-Related Updates for Italy
This feature enables you to use the following update regarding payments in Italy:
● You can import the IT_CBI_RIB_001 payment rejection (pain.002) file.
Technical Details
Table 435:
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IT
See Also
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Italy Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (IT) .
11.8.1.3 CU Reporting
With this feature, you can make settings in the self-service configuration app to maintain the settings for
withholding tax declaration modello 770.
Technical Details
Table 436:

See Also
Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Implementation Tools .
11.8.1.4 Invoice Data Declaration
With this feature you can generate information about incoming and outgoing invoices to the tax authority on a
quarterly basis, according to legal requirements in Italy.
Technical Details
Table 437:
Country Dependency Valid only for Italy
See Also
For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions Italy for the relevant cloud edition
under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance.
11.9 Japan
11.9.1 Finance

11.9.1.1 Configuration for Property Tax Report
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration app for Property Tax Report in
Japan. The self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solutionapp. Make your settings in
the following sequence:
1. Create Reasons for Manual Depreciation:

For property tax valuations, you can choose between a manual basis for valuations of complex fixed assets or
have the values determined automatically. You can use the appCreate Reasons for Manual Depreciation to
manage the reasons for a manual depreciation with a key. You can then define this key in the asset master
record and use it as a sort criterion in reporting.
2. Enter Special Depreciation Rate:
Enter special depreciation rates are rates that the tax authorities grant your company. Enter the rates for a
given reason in the form of numerator/denominator.
Technical Details
Table 438:
Country Dependency Valid for Japan
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP; FI-AA
See Also
For more information about the Manage Your Solutionapp, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
11.9.1.2 Configuration of Bank Charges for Domestic Payment

by Bank Transfer
With this feature, you specify bank charges for domestic payment by bank transfer with the following self-service
configuration app. This app has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.
Bank Charge Determination: Specify how much that banks charge when a payment is made by bank transfer. When
you make a domestic payment by bank transfer, the system calculates and posts the charges that you have
specified. The Payment Medium Japan - Domestic DME (and Bank Charges) app creates the payment orders and
posts the bank charges.

Technical Details
Table 439:
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP
See Also
For more information about the Manage Your Solution, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product
11.10 Luxembourg
11.10.1 Finance
11.10.1.1 Annual VAT Return
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to create the file for the annual VAT return and also the file
containing data pertaining to assets and acquisitions and depreciations file, according legal requirements in
Luxembourg.
Technical Details
Table 440:

Country Dependency Valid only for Luxembourg
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-LU
See Also
For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions Luxembourg Advanced Compliance
Reporting for Luxembourg -> Luxembourg for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance.
11.11 Malaysia
11.11.1 Finance
11.11.1.1 Business Catalogs for Malaysia
Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Malaysia require you to recheck business catalogs assigned
to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow
Technical Details
Table 441:
Country Dependency Valid for Malaysia
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MY

Note
Run Compliance Reports - Malaysia
Table 442: Business Catalogs in Run Compliance Reports - Malaysia
● General Ledger - Reporting Malaysia New business catalog. ● Company Code (BUKRS)
(SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_MY
_PC)
See Also
Access Management .
11.11.1.2 GST Audit File
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - Malaysia GL Reporting app to generate GST
Audit File for Malaysia.

Technical Details
Table 443:
Country Dependency Valid for Malaysia
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MY
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Malaysia in the product assistance
11.12 Philippines
11.12.1 Finance
11.12.1.1 Advance Compliance Reporting for Philippines
11.12.1.1.1 General Journal
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports – Philippines GL Reporting app to generate General Journal
reports for Philippines.

Technical Details
Table 444:
Country Dependency Valid for Philippines
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Philippines in the product
assistance under https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD Product Assistance .
11.12.1.1.2 General Ledger
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports – Philippines GL Reporting app to generate General Ledger
reports for Philippines.
Technical Details
Table 445:
See Also

11.12.1.1.3 Purchase Journal
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports – Philippines GL Reporting app to generate VAT reports for
Indonesia.
Technical Details
Table 446:
See Also
11.12.1.1.4 Sales Journal
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - Philippines GL Reporting app to generate Sales Journal
reports for Indonesia.
Technical Details
Table 447:

See Also
11.13 Singapore
11.13.1 Finance
11.13.1.1 Goods and Service Tax
The following three new fields are added to the Goods and Service Tax report for Singapore:
● Document Header Text

● Local Currency Base Amt.
● Local Currency Tax Amt.
Technical Details
Table 448:
Country Dependency Valid for Singapore
Application Component XX-CSC-SG-FI
11.14 Spain

11.14.1 Finance
11.14.1.1 Value Added Tax (VAT)
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the Value Added Tax (VAT) returns for the
government in Spain.
Technical Details
Table 449:
Country Dependency Valid for Spain
Application Component XX-CSC-ES-FI
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Spain in the product assistance
government in Spain.
Technical Details
Table 450:
Country Dependency Valid for Spain

See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Spain in the product assistance
11.14.1.3 Incoming Cash Transactions (Form 347)
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to determine incoming cash deposits in Accounts
Receivable (FI-AR) for all cleared invoices according to Spanish regulations.
Technical Details
Table 451:
Country Dependency Valid only for Spain
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES
See Also
For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions Spain Advanced Compliace Reporting
for Spain for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance.
11.14.1.4 Annual Statement of Transactions with Third Parties

(Form 347)
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate a file that contains details of a company’s
transactions with its business partners. This is in accordance with the Spanish requirements (Modelo 347), where
companies must report economic transactions with their vendors and customers that exceed a certain value.

Technical Details
Table 452:
See Also
11.14.1.5 Electronic VAT Register Books with SII
With this feature you can prepare, analyze and submit your data to the tax agency in Spain using the Immediate
Supply for Information System (SII).
Technical Details
Table 453:
See Also
For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions Spain for the relevant cloud edition

11.15 Switzerland
11.15.1 Finance
11.15.1.1 Business Catalogs for Switzerland
Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Switzerland require you to recheck business catalogs
assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set
correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.
Technical Details
Table 454:
Note

Run Compliance Reports - Switzerland
Table 455: Business Catalogs in Run Compliance Reports - Switzerland
● General Ledger - Reporting Switzer New business catalog. ● Company Code (BUKRS)
land
(SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_CH
_PC)
See Also
Access Management .
11.15.1.2 Configuration for Foreign Trade Regulations
With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Settings for Foreign
Trade Regulations in Switzerland. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your
Solution app.
● Define Reporting Subcategories

Create subreporting categories that are reported in the foreign trade declaration.
● Define Criteria for Assigning Documents to Reporting Category
Define how the system groups documents into a given reporting category.
Technical Details
Table 456:

See Also
Solution .
11.15.1.3 Payment-Related Updates for Switzerland
This feature enables you to use the following updates regarding payments in Switzerland:
● A new bank statement, CAMT.054 is available.
Note
You need to make some configuration settings for the use of this bank statement.
● You can import payment rejection (pain.002) files.

●
Technical Details
Table 457:
See Also
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Switzerland Payment Formats and Bank
Statements (CH) .
11.15.1.4 Switzerland National Bank Reporting
With this feature, you can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports - Switzerland GL Reporting app to generate
national bank report for Switzerland.

Technical Details
Table 458:
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Switzerland in the product
assistance under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711.
11.16 Taiwan
11.16.1 Finance
11.16.1.1 Value-Added Tax (VAT)
You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the Value-Added Tax (VAT) reports that fulfill
the requirements of the government in Taiwan.
Technical Details
Table 459:
Country Dependency Valid for Taiwan

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-TW
See Also
For more information, look for the section Advanced Compliance Reporting for Taiwan for the relevant cloud edition
under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 > Product Assistance.

12 Previous Cloud Editions
SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud and SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud are only available for customers
who have licensed these cloud editions before SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1705.
12.1 SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud
12.1.1 Finance
12.1.1.1 OData Services

378 PUBLIC Previous Cloud Editions
Technical Details
Table 460:
See Also
12.1.1.2 Accounting and Financial Close
12.1.1.2.1 General Ledger Accounting
12.1.1.2.1.1 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting

Previous Cloud Editions PUBLIC 379
Technical Details
Table 461:
Feature is New

Additional Details
See Also
12.1.1.2.1.2 Account Determination


Technical Details
Table 462:
Additional Details

transaction keys:

keys:
12.1.1.2.1.3 Cash Flow Statement - Design Studio Version

Available
new look and feel.
Technical Details
Table 463:

versions.
See Also
12.1.1.2.1.4 Financial Statement - Ledger Comparison
Technical Details
Table 464:

See Also
12.1.1.2.1.5 Manage Journal Entries
entry line items.
Technical Details
Table 465:

12.1.1.2.1.6 Electronic Financial Statement - Tile Names
Changed
Technical Details
Table 466:
Feature is Changed
Additional Details
12.1.1.2.1.7 Verify General Journal Entries - Notification

Technical Details
Table 468:
12.1.1.2.1.8 Account Determination App Reference
Technical Details
Table 469:
Additional Details


12.1.1.2.1.9 Process Extensibility for Journal Entries
business scenarios.
Technical Details
Table 470:
See Also
12.1.1.2.2 Asset Accounting
12.1.1.2.2.1 CDS Views for Asset Accounting
● Fixed Asset
● Asset Balances

Technical Details
Table 471:
See Also

12.1.1.2.2.2 Settings for Company Codes and Legacy Data

Transfer
affected:

Reporting.

Technical Details
Table 472:
code separately.


12.1.1.2.2.3 Define Maximum Base Value
launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 473:
None.
12.1.1.2.2.4 Change Index Series
Technical Details
Table 474:

None.
12.1.1.2.3 Allocated Revenue
Customers.
are supported.
Note

Technical Details
Table 475:

See Also
12.1.1.2.4 Consolidation
12.1.1.2.4.1 Consolidation-Specific Master Data Fields
Technical Details
Table 476:
Additional Details

12.1.1.2.4.2 Post Group Journal Entries
Technical Details
Table 477:
See Also
Process .
12.1.1.2.4.3 Enriched Reports
Technical Details
Table 478:

Additional Details

thresholds.
See Also
12.1.1.2.4.4 Currency Translation Logs

Technical Details
Table 479:
Additional Details
displayed.
12.1.1.2.4.5 Configuration for Consolidation
Technical Details
Table 480:
Additional Details

area.
See Also
12.1.1.2.5 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance

reporting

12.1.1.2.5.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 481:
Additional Details

your requirements.
period end date.

See Also
Reporting .
12.1.1.2.5.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 482:
Additional Details

○ Assign Country
○ Add Phases

times.

requirements.
See Also
Reporting .
12.1.1.3 Treasury Management
12.1.1.3.1 Cash and Liquidity Management
12.1.1.3.1.1 Import Bank Services Billing Files
Technical Details
Table 483:

See Also
12.1.1.3.1.2 Monitor Bank Fees
Technical Details
Table 484:
See Also

12.1.1.3.1.3 Review Bank Accounts
workflows..
button.
reviews.
completed.
Technical Details
Table 485:

12.1.1.3.1.4 Manage Memo Records

Technical Details
Table 486:
See Also
Assistance.
12.1.1.3.1.5 Cash Flow Analyzer
● Business Area
● Segment
● Profit Center
● Trading Partner

Technical Details
Table 487:
See Also
Assistance.
12.1.1.3.1.6 Integration with Contract and Lease Management

Technical Details
Table 488:

See Also
12.1.1.3.2 Treasury and Risk Management
12.1.1.3.2.1 TRM, Integration with External Trading Platforms
system.
Technical Details
Table 489:
See Also

12.1.1.3.2.2 TRM, Import Market Data- New Category for Basis
Spreads
Technical Details
Table 490:
Additional Details
See Also
Market Data .
12.1.1.3.2.3 TRM, Intercompany Trading Process for FX

Transactions

Technical Details
Table 491:
Additional Details
transactions.

See Also

12.1.1.3.2.4 TRM, New Card for Foreign Exchange Overview -
Technical Details
Table 492:
See Also
12.1.1.3.2.5 TRM, Hedge Management Cockpit, Layout and New

Key Figures
situations.

Technical Details
Table 493:
12.1.1.3.2.6 TRM, Hedge Accounting for Exposure Items
● Contract Close
subitem:
○ Dedesignation
● Reporting
Technical Details
Table 494:

Additional Details
Exposure Subitem
Administration tab.
the hedging area.

See Also
Related Information
12.1.1.3.2.7 TRM, Enhancements to Treasury Position Reporting

Technical Details
Table 495:

See Also
12.1.1.3.2.8 TRM, Redesigned Structure Tab for FX Transactions
conventions.
Technical Details
Table 496:
Additional Details
tab.
price.
amount.

12.1.1.4 Financial Operations
12.1.1.4.1 Receivables Management
12.1.1.4.1.1 Display Payment Card Data
Technical Details
Table 497:
12.1.1.4.1.2 Display Correspondence History


Technical Details
Table 498:
12.1.1.4.1.3 Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs

specify.
Technical Details
Table 499:
See Also

12.1.1.4.1.4 Manage Customer Balance Confirmations
Technical Details
Table 500:
See Also
12.1.1.4.1.5 Clear Incoming Payments
Technical Details
Table 501:

12.1.1.4.2 Invoice Management
12.1.1.4.2.1 Import Supplier Invoices
the app.
Technical Details
Table 502:
Additional Details


See Also
Supplier Invoices .
12.1.1.4.2.2 Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs
Technical Details
Table 503:
See Also
12.1.1.4.2.3 Manage Supplier Balance Confirmations

Technical Details
Table 504:
See Also
12.1.1.5 Financial Planning and Analysis
12.1.1.6 SAP Best Practices Content
12.1.1.6.1 Service Contract
Use
insights into their real estate landscape

Technical Details
Table 505:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.2 Intercompany Financial Posting and Payment on
Behalf - Domestic
Use
The following configuration app is available to configure the paying company code: Set Up All Company Codes for
Payment Transactions
Technical Details
Table 506:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1GP

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.3 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management
Use
Technical Details
Table 507:
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.4 Treasury Management Integration for Trading
Platforms
Use
This scope item provides automatic integration between trading platforms and SAP S/4HANA.
Technical Details
Table 508:
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.5 Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
● New configuration app to copy plan version

● Additional details in consolidation data
● SAC reports for comparing PLAN versus ACTUAL
Technical Details
Table 509:
Technical Name of Scope Item 28B

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.6 Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger
Use
● Integrate with SAP Cloud for Real Estate, a solution built on the SAP Cloud Platform; assist CFOs and
corporate real estate managers to answer key questions regarding space utilization, facility costs, portfolio
composition, and partner collaboration.
manage contracts of their leased assets and be compliant with the latest leasing regulations and gain insights
into their real estate landscape.
● Integrate with Legal Content Management to enable customers to manage processes related to the creation
and governance of legal content. The legal content produced due to Leasing Contract management business
scenarios is integrated into the central repository provided by the Legal Content Management as a single
source of truth for all legal documents.
current cash position and liquidity forecast
Technical Details
Table 510:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.7 Lease-In Accounting
Use
● Integration with SAP Cloud for Real Estate, a solution that is built on the SAP Cloud Platform and assists CFOs
and corporate real estate managers in answering key questions regarding space utilization, facility costs,
portfolio composition, and partner collaboration.
● By using the SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management, an SAP S/4HANA Cloud native
solution together with the Location Management provided by SAP Cloud for Real Estate, customers can
● Integration with Legal Content Management that enables customers to manage processes related to the
creation and governance of legal content.
● The legal content produced as a result of Leasing Contract management business scenarios is integrated into
the central repository provided by the Legal Content Management as a single source of truth for all legal
documents.
to reduce the data footprint and TCO.
● Integration to Cash Management helps you to manage daily cash operations and provides general information
of your current cash position and liquidity forecast.
Technical Details
Table 511:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1T6
Country Dependency Valid for Germany, USA, Australia, Canada, Switzerland,

China, Spain, France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands, South
Africa

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.8 Accounting and Financial Close
Use
Technical Details
Table 512:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.9 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock
Use
context of IFRS 15. For more information, see SAP Note 2524569.
Technical Details
Table 513:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1K2


See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.10 Hedge Accounting for Cash Flow Hedge supporting

IFRS 9
Use
This scope item provides functions to handle Hedge Management and Hedge Accounting processes under IFRS 9.
Technical Details
Table 514:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1XD
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.11 Basic Cash Operations
Use

Technical Details
Table 515:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.12 Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory

Values
Use
● New SAP Fiori app to manage material valuations
Technical Details
Table 516:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZT


See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.13 Lease-Out Accounting
Use
● Integrate to Cash Management to manage daily cash operations and provides general information of your
Technical Details
Table 517:
Technical Name of Scope Item 21Q
France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.14 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
Technical Details
Table 518:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.15 Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange -

Parallel Ledger
Use
This scope item allows the company to exchange the foreign currency with the affiliate companies and post the
transactions with Parallel Ledger.
Technical Details
Table 519:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2HU
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.16 Advanced Cash Operations
Use
Analyzer.
Analyzer.
Technical Details
Table 520:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.17 Intercompany Process for Foreign Exchange
Use
The process allows the company to exchange foreign currency with affiliate companies. The system helps to mirror
the contracts and deals automatically when they are maintained in one company.
Technical Details
Table 521:
Scope Item is New
Britain, Singapore
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.18 Advanced Bank Account Management
Use
app.
Technical Details
Table 522:
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.19 Financial Planning and Analysis
Use
In this scope item, you can use the Financial Statement Version (FSV) to support financial planning and analysis.
This FSV can be used within embedded analytics of SAP S/4HANA Cloud and can be leveraged in other solutions
like SAP Analytics Cloud.
Technical Details
Table 523:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2FM
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.20 Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance
Use
Code.
Technical Details
Table 524:

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.6.21 Accounts Payable
Use
Technical Details
Table 525:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.1.6.22 SAP S/4HANA On-Premise Integration with SAP

Hybris Marketing Cloud
Use
Technical Details
Table 526:
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.1.7 Country Specifics
12.1.2 Sales
12.1.2.1 Order and Contract Management
12.1.2.1.1 Sales Master Data Management
12.1.2.1.1.1 Manage Sales Item Proposals
This feature enables you to search for, create, edit, and delete sales item proposals according to your filter criteria.
Technical Details
Table 527:
See Also

12.1.2.1.1.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Sales Item Proposals
This feature enables you to extend the Manage Sales Item Proposals app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 528:
See Also
12.1.2.1.2 Sales Order Management and Processing
12.1.2.1.2.1 Manage Sales Orders
Technical Details
Table 529:

See Also
For more information on the Manage Sales Orders app, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and
Processing .
12.1.2.1.2.2 Manage Sales Documents with Customer Expected

Price
This feature enables you to display sales document items which are locked due to discrepancies between the
customer expected price and the net price until the discrepancy is resolved. You can discard the customer
expected price for the selected sales document item or reject it, effectively releasing the sales document for
subsequent document processing.
Technical Details
Table 530:
Application Component SD-SLS-GF-RE
See Also

12.1.2.1.3 Assign Output Types
This feature lets you enable and disable the issuing of changed document output types. Changed document
output can be issued when changes to document attributes, at the header and/or item level, are detected. You can
customize document attributes to be tracked for changes and which messages are to be captured in the output
PDF document issued as changed document output.
You can find Assign Output Types in the Manage Your Solution app.
Technical Details
Table 531:
Application Component SD
See Also
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA release> Product Assistance
Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing Output for Sales
Documents .
12.1.2.1.4 Billing and Invoicing
12.1.2.1.4.1 OData API for Billing Documents (Read)

Technical Details
Table 532:
See Also
12.1.2.1.4.2 Manage Billing Document Requests
Documents app.
Note
Technical Details
Table 533:

See Also
12.1.2.1.4.3 Schedule Billing Output

Technical Details
Table 534:
See Also
12.1.2.1.4.4 Billing Document Request

Note
request
Technical Details
Table 535:
See Also
12.1.2.1.5 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

12.1.2.1.5.1 Track Sales Order Details
With this feature, you can visualize the fulfillment status for sales orders with and without issues, starting from any
sales order, for example, via the Track Sales Orders, Sales Order Fulfillment, or Manage Sales Orders app.
A tree structure on the left shows all the relevant documents for the corresponding sales document. The top node
of the tree shows the entire fulfillment process, with the relevant business objects underneath.
On the right, you can display further details for the business objects in the context of their fulfillment, including the
process flow for the top node. If the process flow contains an issue, you can navigate via a smart link to resolve
sales order fulfillment issues.
Technical Details
Table 536:
See Also

12.1.2.2.1 Direct Debit
Use
Technical Details
Table 537:

zerland, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.2 Integration of External Payments to Customer
Payments
Use
This scope item enables the payment method external payment, which can be used with the help of external billing
systems.
Technical Details
Table 538:
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.3 Digital Payments Integration
Use
The following SAP Fiori app has been added to the scope item:
● Display Payment Card Data: The Accounts Receivable Accountant can view an overview of all card payments
and display payment entries, authorizations, and settlements.
Technical Details
Table 539:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1S2

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.4 Integration of External Payments to Digital
Payments
Use
The scope item enables the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and the SAP digital payments add-on. With
this, you can use external payment methods in SAP S/4HANA for incoming payments.
Technical Details
Table 540:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2LZ
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.5 Credit Memo Processing
Use
Technical Details
Table 541:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1EZ

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.6 Intercompany Process for Customer Returns
Use
This scope item allows the company to manage customer returns and refunds using affiliated plants in an effective
and efficient way. This scope item enhances the scope item Accelerated Customer Returns (BKP)
with intercompany capabilities.
Technical Details
Table 542:
Scope Item is New

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.2.2.7 Accounts Receivable
Use
Technical Details
Table 543:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.2.2.8 Collections and Dispute Management
Use
Technical Details
Table 544:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.2.2.9 Sell from Stock
Use
Technical Details
Table 545:
Technical Name of Scope Item BD9

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.3 Sourcing and Procurement
12.1.3.1 Contract Management
12.1.3.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Contracts
Technical Details
Table 546:
See Also
12.1.3.2 Operational Procurement

12.1.3.2.1 Multiple Account Assignment in Manage Purchase
Orders
Technical Details
Table 547:
12.1.3.2.2 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Orders
Technical Details
Table 548:
See Also

12.1.3.2.3 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition
Technical Details
Table 549:
See Also
12.1.3.2.4 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition -

Advanced
needs.
Technical Details
Table 550:

See Also
12.1.3.3 Invoice Management
12.1.3.3.1 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices
Technical Details
Table 551:
Additional Details
Note

See Also
Product Assistance.
12.1.3.3.2 ODATA Service for Supplier Invoice API


Technical Details
Table 552:
Additional Details
12.1.3.3.3 App Extensibility: Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced
This feature enables you to extend the Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 553:
See Also

12.1.3.3.4 App Extensibility: Display Supplier Invoice -
Advanced
This feature enables you to extend the Display Supplier Invoice - Advanced app according to your business needs.
Technical Details
Table 554:
See Also
12.1.3.4 App Extensibility for Classic Applications
12.1.3.4.1 Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps

● Display Purchase Order

Technical Details
Table 555:
See Also
12.1.3.4.2 Extensibility for Purchase Contract Apps

Technical Details
Table 556:
See Also

12.1.3.5.1 Invoice Processing by OpenText
Use

Zealand
Technical Details
Table 557:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.3.5.2 Requisitioning
Use
● Multi-accounting in purchase requisition creation and invoice verification
Technical Details
Table 558:

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.3.5.3 Procurement of Direct Materials
Use
Technical Details
Table 559:

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.3.5.4 Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance
Use
Code.
Technical Details
Table 560:

See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 561:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.4 Supply Chain
12.1.4.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment
12.1.4.3 Extensibility in Supply Chain
12.1.5 Human Resources
12.1.5.1 Core HR and Payroll

12.1.5.2 Time and Attendance Management
12.1.5.3.1 SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Integration
Use
Technical Details
Table 562:
Scope Item is New


See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.5.3.2 Time Recording
Use
● Public API to interface time recording data with SAP S/4HANA
Technical Details
Table 563:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1Q4

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.5.3.3 Employee Integration - SAP S/4HANA Enablement
Use
Technical Details
Table 564:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.6 Integration
12.1.6.1 Master Data Replication
12.1.6.2.1 Output Management
Use
Technical Details
Table 565:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.6.2.2 Key User Extensibility
Use
Technical Details
Table 566:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.6.2.3 Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
Technical Details
Table 567:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.6.2.4 Business Event Handling
Use
Technical Details
Table 568:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.1.7 Cross Components
12.1.7.1 Product
objects.
Technical Details
Table 569:
See Also

12.1.7.2 Product Master
12.1.7.2.1 Master Data Specialist - Product Data
Table 570:
Technical Details
Table 571:
12.1.7.3 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier
12.1.7.3.1 Business Partner Enhancements
Technical Details
Table 572:

See Also
12.1.7.3.2 Customer Master
● Industries
Technical Details
Table 573:
See Also

12.1.7.3.3 Supplier Master
● Industries
Technical Details
Table 574:
See Also
12.1.7.3.4 Master Data Specialist - Business Partner Data
Table 575:

Technical Details
Table 576:
12.1.7.4 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass

Processing
12.1.7.5 Master Data Quality
12.1.7.6.1 Responsibility Determination
Use
Records.

Technical Details
Table 577:
See also
Practices Explorer.
12.1.7.8 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance

reporting
12.1.8 Country Specifics

12.1.8.1 China
12.1.8.1.1 Finance
12.1.8.1.1.1 Business Catalogs for China
Technical Details
Table 578:
Note

rectly maintained.
rectly maintained.

(EPIC_BCTYP)
lowed (ITEM_STS)

(EPIC_BCTYP)
lowed (ITEM_STS)

China
_PC)



See Also
Access Management .
12.1.8.2 France
12.1.8.2.1 Finance

12.1.8.2.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for France

Technical Details
Table 586:
See Also
Statements (FR) .
12.1.8.2.1.2 Overdue Invoices
Technical Details
Table 587:

See Also
Assistance.
12.1.8.3 Italy
12.1.8.3.1 Finance
12.1.8.3.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for Italy
Technical Details
Table 588:

See Also
Statements (IT) .
12.1.8.3.1.2 Invoice Data Declaration
Technical Details
Table 589:
See Also
12.1.8.4 Japan
12.1.8.4.1 Finance

12.1.8.4.1.1 Configuration for Property Tax Report

Technical Details
Table 590:
See Also
12.1.8.5 Luxembourg
12.1.8.5.1 Finance

12.1.8.5.1.1 Annual VAT Return
Luxembourg.
Technical Details
Table 591:
See Also
12.1.8.6 Spain
12.1.8.6.1 Finance
12.1.8.6.1.1 Incoming Cash Transactions (Form 347)

Technical Details
Table 592:
See Also
12.1.8.6.1.2 Annual Statement of Transactions with Third

Parties (Form 347)
Technical Details
Table 593:
See Also

12.1.8.6.1.3 Electronic VAT Register Books with SII
Technical Details
Table 594:
See Also
12.1.8.7 Switzerland
12.1.8.7.1 Finance
12.1.8.7.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for Switzerland
Note

●
Technical Details
Table 595:
See Also
Statements (CH) .
12.1.8.8 Taiwan
12.1.8.8.1 Finance
12.1.8.8.1.1 Value-Added Tax (VAT)

Technical Details
Table 596:
See Also
12.2 SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud
12.2.1 Finance
12.2.1.1 OData Services

Technical Details
Table 597:
See Also
12.2.1.2 Accounting and Financial Close

12.2.1.2.1 General Ledger Accounting
12.2.1.2.1.1 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting
Technical Details
Table 598:
Feature is New

Additional Details
See Also

12.2.1.2.1.2 Account Determination

Technical Details
Table 599:
Additional Details

transaction keys:

keys:
12.2.1.2.1.3 Cash Flow Statement - Design Studio Version

Available
new look and feel.
Technical Details
Table 600:

versions.
See Also
12.2.1.2.1.4 Financial Statement - Ledger Comparison
Technical Details
Table 601:

See Also
12.2.1.2.1.5 Manage Journal Entries
entry line items.

Technical Details
Table 602:
12.2.1.2.1.6 Electronic Financial Statement - Tile Names

Changed
Technical Details
Table 603:
Feature is Changed
Additional Details

12.2.1.2.1.7 Verify General Journal Entries - Notification
Technical Details
Table 605:
12.2.1.2.1.8 Account Determination App Reference
Technical Details
Table 606:
Additional Details


12.2.1.2.1.9 Process Extensibility for Journal Entries
business scenarios.
Technical Details
Table 607:
See Also
12.2.1.2.2 Asset Accounting

12.2.1.2.2.1 CDS Views for Asset Accounting
● Fixed Asset
● Asset Balances
Technical Details
Table 608:
See Also

12.2.1.2.2.2 Settings for Company Codes and Legacy Data

Transfer
affected:


Reporting.
Technical Details
Table 609:
code separately.


12.2.1.2.2.3 Define Maximum Base Value
launchpad.
Technical Details
Table 610:
None.
12.2.1.2.2.4 Change Index Series

Technical Details
Table 611:
None.
12.2.1.2.3 Allocated Revenue
Customers.
are supported.
Note


Technical Details
Table 612:
See Also
12.2.1.2.4 Consolidation
12.2.1.2.4.1 Consolidation-Specific Master Data Fields
Technical Details
Table 613:

Additional Details
12.2.1.2.4.2 Post Group Journal Entries
Technical Details
Table 614:
See Also
Process .

12.2.1.2.4.3 Enriched Reports
Technical Details
Table 615:
Additional Details

thresholds.

See Also
12.2.1.2.4.4 Currency Translation Logs
Technical Details
Table 616:
Additional Details
displayed.
12.2.1.2.4.5 Configuration for Consolidation

Technical Details
Table 617:
Additional Details
area.

See Also
12.2.1.2.5 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance

reporting
12.2.1.2.5.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 618:
Additional Details

your requirements.

period end date.
See Also
Reporting .
12.2.1.2.5.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports
Technical Details
Table 619:
Additional Details


○ Assign Country
○ Add Phases
times.

requirements.
See Also
Reporting .
12.2.1.3 Treasury Management
12.2.1.3.1 Cash and Liquidity Management
12.2.1.3.1.1 Import Bank Services Billing Files

Technical Details
Table 620:
See Also
12.2.1.3.1.2 Monitor Bank Fees
Technical Details
Table 621:

See Also
12.2.1.3.1.3 Review Bank Accounts
workflows..
button.
reviews.
completed.
Technical Details
Table 622:

12.2.1.3.1.4 Manage Memo Records
Technical Details
Table 623:
See Also
Assistance.

12.2.1.3.1.5 Cash Flow Analyzer
● Business Area
● Segment
● Profit Center
● Trading Partner
Technical Details
Table 624:
See Also
Assistance.
12.2.1.3.1.6 Integration with Contract and Lease Management

Technical Details
Table 625:
See Also
12.2.1.3.2 Treasury and Risk Management
12.2.1.3.2.1 TRM, Integration with External Trading Platforms
system.
Technical Details
Table 626:

See Also
12.2.1.3.2.2 TRM, Import Market Data- New Category for Basis

Spreads
Technical Details
Table 627:
Additional Details

See Also
Market Data .
12.2.1.3.2.3 TRM, Intercompany Trading Process for FX

Transactions
Technical Details
Table 628:
Additional Details
transactions.

See Also
12.2.1.3.2.4 TRM, New Card for Foreign Exchange Overview -

Technical Details
Table 629:
See Also

12.2.1.3.2.5 TRM, Hedge Management Cockpit, Layout and New
Key Figures
situations.
Technical Details
Table 630:
12.2.1.3.2.6 TRM, Hedge Accounting for Exposure Items
● Contract Close
subitem:
○ Dedesignation
● Reporting

Technical Details
Table 631:
Additional Details
Exposure Subitem

Administration tab.
the hedging area.
See Also
Related Information
12.2.1.3.2.7 TRM, Enhancements to Treasury Position Reporting

Technical Details
Table 632:

See Also
12.2.1.3.2.8 TRM, Redesigned Structure Tab for FX

Transactions
conventions.
Technical Details
Table 633:
Additional Details

tab.
price.
amount.
12.2.1.4 Financial Operations
12.2.1.4.1 Receivables Management
12.2.1.4.1.1 Display Payment Card Data
Technical Details
Table 634:

12.2.1.4.1.2 Display Correspondence History

Technical Details
Table 635:
12.2.1.4.1.3 Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs

specify.
Technical Details
Table 636:

See Also
12.2.1.4.1.4 Manage Customer Balance Confirmations
Technical Details
Table 637:
See Also
12.2.1.4.1.5 Clear Incoming Payments

Technical Details
Table 638:
12.2.1.4.2 Invoice Management
12.2.1.4.2.1 Import Supplier Invoices
the app.
Technical Details
Table 639:
Additional Details


See Also
Supplier Invoices .
12.2.1.4.2.2 Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs
Technical Details
Table 640:
See Also

12.2.1.4.2.3 Manage Supplier Balance Confirmations
Technical Details
Table 641:
See Also
12.2.1.5 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance
12.2.1.5.1 International Trade
12.2.1.5.1.1 Intrastat Declarations
You use Intrastat declarations to record statistics on goods traffic between member states of the European Union.

Technical Details
Table 642:
Country Dependency Valid For
● Belgium
● Denmark (New for S/4HANA Cloud 1711)
● Germany
● France
● Ireland
● Italy
● Luxembourg
● Netherlands
● Sweden
● Spain
● Hungary
● United Kingdom
Application Component SLL-ITR-ISR (Intrastat Reporting)
Available From SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711
12.2.1.5.1.2 International Trade Classification
12.2.1.5.1.2.1 Manage Control Classes
You can use this app to manage control classes to fulfill legal regulations for controlling goods movement. You can
add a description to a control class and define the validity period.
Technical Details
Table 643:

12.2.1.5.1.2.2 Manage Control Groupings
You can use this app to manage control groups to group products on the basis of specific legal regulations. You can
add a description to a control grouping.
Technical Details
Table 644:
Application Component SLL-ITR-CLS
(International Trade Classification)
12.2.1.5.1.2.3 Classify Products - Legal Control
You can use this app to classify products for legal control time-dependently, to define the control relevance of
products and to assign control classes and control groups to the products. You can find unclassified products at a
particular time for a legal regulation. Additionally, you can assign multiple products to a classification for the legal
control.
Technical Details
Table 645:

12.2.1.5.1.2.4 Reclassify Products - Legal Control
You can use this app to assign another control class and/or control grouping to classified products, and decide if
these are relevant for control.
You can find classified products at a particular time for a legal regulation. Additionally, you can assign another
classification for legal control to multiple products at the same time.
Technical Details
Table 646:
12.2.1.5.1.3 International Trade Compliance
12.2.1.5.1.3.1 Manage Licenses
You can use this app to manage licenses to export products requiring approval.
Technical Details
Table 647:

12.2.1.5.1.3.2 Manage Documents- Trade Compliance
You can use this app to manage documents to display the legal control status.
You can display licenses that are assigned to the business transaction, and which classifications are present.
Technical Details
Table 648:
12.2.1.5.1.3.3 Resolve Blocked Documents- Trade Compliance
You can use this app to resolve blocked documents to raise blocks for missing classifications or insufficient
authorizations.
To continue the business transactions in question, you either have to enter additional licenses that the system can
assign automatically or you can assign existing licenses, releasing the transaction manually.
Technical Details
Table 649:
12.2.1.5.1.4 Integration

12.2.1.5.1.4.1 Integration with SAP Global Trade Services
12.2.1.5.1.4.1.1 Reschedule Processing of Documents – Global

Trade Services
You can use this app to reschedule processing of compliance-relevant documents that could not be transferred to
SAP Global Trade Services for technical reasons.
Technical Details
Table 650:
Application Component SLL-ITR-INT-GTS (Integration with Global Trade Services)
12.2.1.5.1.5 Components for Customer Messages
As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the following components for customer messages for SAP S/4HANA for
International Trade are available to you:
Technical Details
Table 651:
Technischer Name der Komponente
Description
SLL-ITR
S/4HANA for International Trade
SLL-ITR-ISR
Intrastat Reports
SLL-ITR-CLS
International Trade Classification
SLL-ITR-TRC
International Trade Compliance

SLL-ITR-INT
Integration
SLL-ITR-INT-GTS
Integration with Global Trade Services
SLL-ITR-INT-SCR
Integration with Watch List Screening
12.2.1.6 Financial Planning and Analysis
12.2.1.7.1 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management
Use
Technical Details
Table 652:
Britain, Singapore

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.2 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based

Services - PL
Use
context of IFRS 15. For more information, see SAP Note 2524569 .
Technical Details
Table 653:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1P0
Country Dependency Valid for Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Denmark, Ger
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.3 Accounting and Financial Close
Use
Technical Details
Table 654:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.4 Basic Cash Operations
Use

Technical Details
Table 655:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.5 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud
Use
Technical Details
Table 656:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.6 Advanced Cash Operations
Use
Analyzer.
Analyzer.
Technical Details
Table 657:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.1.7.7 Advanced Bank Account Management
Use
app.
Technical Details
Table 658:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
Use
Technical Details
Table 659:

USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.2 Human Resources
12.2.2.1 Core HR and Payroll

12.2.2.2 Time and Attendance Management
12.2.2.3.1 SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Integration
Use
Technical Details
Table 660:
Scope Item is New


See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.2.3.2 Time Recording - Project-Based Services
Use
● Public API to interface activity-based time recording data with SAP S/4HANA
● Usage of My Inbox to assign different time sheet approvers
Technical Details
Table 661:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.2.3.3 Employee Integration - SAP S/4HANA Enablement
Use
Technical Details
Table 662:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.3 Professional Services
12.2.3.1 Customer Project Management
12.2.3.1.1 Create and Update Commercial Projects
This OData service enables external systems and other consumers outside SAP S/4HANA Cloud to create and
update customer and internal projects through API calls. The service contains project, work package, work item,
and demand nodes.
Technical Details
Table 663:
Application Component CA-CPD-SS
See Also
For more information, look for the Create and Update Commercial Project OData API under https://api.sap.com/
APIs SAP S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .

12.2.3.2 Resource Management
12.2.3.2.1 Creation of Change Documents for Assignments
Whenever an assignment for a resource or a resource request is created, changed, or deleted, this action is
automatically recorded. You can now view a list of assignment changes for resources and resource requests.
Technical Details
Table 664:
Additional Details
Each change record corresponds to one change document. For resources, change documents are shown for the
last three months. For resource requests, change documents are shown for all assignments that were created for a
request. You can use filters to narrow down or extend the list of change documents shown.
The resource details and the resource requests details now include a link (View Assignment Changes) for opening
the list of change documents.
See Also
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional Services
Resource Management .

12.2.3.2.2 Default Read Access Logging Configurations
Default read access logging (RAL) configurations are delivered for various applications. You can use RAL to
monitor and log access to personal data. The information provided may include, for example, which users
accessed resource or request data, and in which time frame. Logging happens, for example, for fields related to the
following:
● Resource data (for example, ID, skills, picture)

● Resource request data (for example, customer, required skills)
To have RAL enabled, please contact the SAP Service Center. Once enabled, you must also contact them to obtain
a copy of the RAL logs for your applications.
Technical Details
Table 665:
See Also
s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Generic Information Security
Aspects Data Protection Read Access Logging (RAL) .

Use
Technical Details
Table 666:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.3.3.2 SAP S/4HANA Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris
Marketing Cloud
Use
This scope item provides out-of-the-box integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP Hybris Marketing
Cloud.
Technical Details
Table 667:
Technical Name of Scope Item 1UG
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 668:
See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 669:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.3.3.5 SAP S/4HANA On-Premise Integration with SAP
Hybris Marketing Cloud
Use
Technical Details
Table 670:
Scope Item is New
See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 671:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.3.3.7 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Bill of
Materials
Use
Technical Details
Table 672:
Technical Name of Scope Item 24H

See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.4 Sales
12.2.4.1 Order Management
12.2.4.1.1 Sales Order Management and Processing
12.2.4.1.2 Billing and Invoicing
12.2.4.1.2.1 OData API for Billing Documents (Read)
Technical Details
Table 673:

See Also
12.2.4.1.2.2 Manage Billing Document Requests
Documents app.
Note
Technical Details
Table 674:
See Also
12.2.4.1.2.3 Create Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can create preliminary billing documents from billing due list items such as sales orders,
outbound deliveries, and debit memo requests.

Technical Details
Table 675:
Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Create Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Create Preliminary
12.2.4.1.2.4 Manage Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can use a worklist to display, filter, sort, and group all preliminary billing documents in the
system. You can also reject existing preliminary billing documents. As the final step of the lifecycle, you can convert
your preliminary billing documents to billing documents.
Technical Details
Table 676:

Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Manage Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Manage
Preliminary Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1711 Product Assistance Sales Order
and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .
12.2.4.1.2.5 Preliminary Billing Document
With this app, you can display an overview of a preliminary billing document's details and contextual information.
Examples include total amount, billing date, status, terms and conditions, and texts, as well as pricing and tax
information on header and item level.
Technical Details
Table 677:

Additional Details
See Also
For more information about the Preliminary Billing Document app, look for the section Preliminary Billing Document
12.2.4.1.2.6 Change Preliminary Billing Documents
With this app, you can change certain attributes of preliminary billing documents (such as prices, texts, and billing
date) to better align them with your customer's expectations. You can also add and remove attachments, generate
PDF-based print previews and send document output.
Technical Details
Table 678:
Additional Details

See Also
For more information about the Change Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Change Preliminary
12.2.4.1.2.7 Display Prelimininary Billing Documents
With this app, you can display preliminary billing documents in greater detail than with the Preliminary Billing
Document object page.
● Header details include general information, accounting data, price and tax data, partner data, and more.
● Item details include material details, item description, net and gross weight, item partners, purchase order
data, and more.
You can also do the following:
● Generate a PDF-based print preview of the preliminary billing document

● Send preliminary billing document output
● Navigate to the document flow and the pricing conditions for the header
● Navigate to the Change Preliminary Billing Documents app to edit the displayed preliminary billing document
Technical Details
Table 679:
Additional Details

See Also
For more information about the Display Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Display Preliminary
12.2.4.1.2.8 Schedule Billing Output

Technical Details
Table 680:
See Also

12.2.4.1.2.9 Billing Document Request
Note
request
Technical Details
Table 681:
See Also

12.2.4.1.2.10 Payment Cards in Sales
Technical Details
Table 682:
Additional Details
12.2.4.1.3 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management
12.2.4.1.3.1 Manage Customer Returns
With this feature, you can now select different follow-up activities for the items in a customer return. Whereas
Manage Customer Returns previously set Receive into Plant as the default follow-up activity, you can now also
select from the Direct Shipment to Supplier, Inspection at Customer Site, and Material Remains at Customer Site
follow-up activities.

Technical Details
Table 683:
Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Complaints)
The SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog replaces the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business

catalog. You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacement in parallel for two releases.
However, for the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog, this procedure is not possible, because
when the My Sales Overview application triggers navigation to Manage Customer Returns, it calls an intent and
preferred technology. Since both versions of the Manage Customer Returns application share the same intent and
technology, My Sales Overview will randomly call one version (either old or new). In order for the system to only call
the preferred version of the application, you may only have one business catalog assigned. Therefore, you need to
reassign your roles and users to the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog immediately by using the
app Business Catalogs. The SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business catalog will be deleted with SAP S/
4HANA Cloud 1805.
See Also
For more information on the Manage Customer Returns application, look for the relevant section under http://
12.2.5 SAP Best Practices Content

12.2.5.1 Direct Debit
Use
Technical Details
Table 684:

zerland, USA
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.5.2 Accounts Receivable
Use
Technical Details
Table 685:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.5.3 Collections and Dispute Management
Use
Technical Details
Table 686:
USA

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.6 Sourcing and Procurement
12.2.6.1 Contract Management
12.2.6.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Contracts
Technical Details
Table 687:
See Also

12.2.6.2 Operational Procurement
12.2.6.2.1 Multiple Account Assignment in Manage Purchase

Orders
Technical Details
Table 688:
12.2.6.2.2 App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Orders
Technical Details
Table 689:

See Also
12.2.6.2.3 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition
Technical Details
Table 690:
See Also
12.2.6.2.4 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Requisition -

Advanced
needs.

Technical Details
Table 691:
See Also
12.2.6.3 Invoice Management
12.2.6.3.1 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices
Technical Details
Table 692:

Additional Details
Note
See Also
Product Assistance.
12.2.6.3.2 ODATA Service for Supplier Invoice API


Technical Details
Table 693:
Additional Details
12.2.6.4 App Extensibility for Classic Applications
12.2.6.4.1 Extensibility for Purchase Contract Apps


Technical Details
Table 694:
See Also
12.2.6.5.1 Invoice Processing by OpenText
Use

Zealand
Technical Details
Table 695:

See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.6.5.2 Consumable Purchasing
Use
Technical Details
Table 696:
Technical Name of Scope Item BNX

USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
Use

Technical Details
Table 697:
USA
See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.7 Integration

12.2.7.1 Master Data Replication
Use
Technical Details
Table 698:

See also
Practices Explorer.
Use
Technical Details
Table 699:
See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 700:
See also
Practices Explorer.

Use
Technical Details
Table 701:
See also
Practices Explorer.
12.2.8 Cross Components

12.2.8.1 Product
objects.
Technical Details
Table 702:
See Also

12.2.8.2 Product Master
12.2.8.2.1 Master Data Specialist - Product Data
Table 703:
Technical Details
Table 704:
12.2.8.3 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier
12.2.8.3.1 Business Partner Enhancements
Technical Details
Table 705:

See Also
12.2.8.3.2 Customer Master
● Industries
Technical Details
Table 706:
See Also

12.2.8.3.3 Supplier Master
● Industries
Technical Details
Table 707:
See Also
12.2.8.3.4 Master Data Specialist - Business Partner Data
Table 708:

Technical Details
Table 709:
12.2.8.4 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass

Processing
12.2.8.5 Master Data Quality
12.2.8.6 Analytics
12.2.8.7 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance

reporting

12.2.8.8.1 Responsibility Determination
Use
Records.
Technical Details
Table 710:
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.8.8.2 Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud
Use
● Bidirectional master data replication for SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud customer and SAP S/4HANA
Cloud Business Partner
Technical Details
Table 711:
Technical Name of Scope Item 2AP
See also
Practices Explorer.

12.2.9 Country Specifics
12.2.9.1 China
12.2.9.1.1 Finance
12.2.9.1.1.1 Business Catalogs for China
Technical Details
Table 712:
Note

rectly maintained.
rectly maintained.

(EPIC_BCTYP)
lowed (ITEM_STS)

(EPIC_BCTYP)
lowed (ITEM_STS)

China
_PC)



See Also
Access Management .
12.2.9.2 France
12.2.9.2.1 Finance

12.2.9.2.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for France

Technical Details
Table 720:
See Also
Statements (FR) .
12.2.9.2.1.2 Overdue Invoices
Technical Details
Table 721:

See Also
Assistance.
12.2.9.3 Italy
12.2.9.3.1 Finance
12.2.9.3.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for Italy
Technical Details
Table 722:

See Also
Statements (IT) .
12.2.9.3.1.2 Invoice Data Declaration
Technical Details
Table 723:
See Also
12.2.9.4 Japan
12.2.9.4.1 Finance

12.2.9.4.1.1 Configuration for Property Tax Report

Technical Details
Table 724:
See Also
12.2.9.5 Luxembourg
12.2.9.5.1 Finance

12.2.9.5.1.1 Annual VAT Return
Luxembourg.
Technical Details
Table 725:
See Also
12.2.9.6 Spain
12.2.9.6.1 Finance
12.2.9.6.1.1 Incoming Cash Transactions (Form 347)

Technical Details
Table 726:
See Also
12.2.9.6.1.2 Annual Statement of Transactions with Third

Parties (Form 347)
Technical Details
Table 727:
See Also

12.2.9.6.1.3 Electronic VAT Register Books with SII
Technical Details
Table 728:
See Also
12.2.9.7 Switzerland
12.2.9.7.1 Finance
12.2.9.7.1.1 Payment-Related Updates for Switzerland
Note

●
Technical Details
Table 729:
See Also
Statements (CH) .
12.2.9.8 Taiwan
12.2.9.8.1 Finance
12.2.9.8.1.1 Value-Added Tax (VAT)

Technical Details
Table 730:
See Also

Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Coding Samples
Any software coding and/or code lines / strings ("Code") included in this documentation are only examples and are not intended to be used in a productive system
environment. The Code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax and phrasing rules of certain coding. SAP does not warrant the correctness and
completeness of the Code given herein, and SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the usage of the Code, unless damages were caused by SAP
intentionally or by SAP's gross negligence.
Gender-Neutral Language
As far as possible, SAP documentation is gender neutral. Depending on the context, the reader is addressed directly with "you", or a gender-neutral noun (such as "sales
person" or "working days") is used. If when referring to members of both sexes, however, the third-person singular cannot be avoided or a gender-neutral noun does not
exist, SAP reserves the right to use the masculine form of the noun and pronoun. This is to ensure that the documentation remains comprehensible.
Internet Hyperlinks
The SAP documentation may contain hyperlinks to the Internet. These hyperlinks are intended to serve as a hint about where to find related information. SAP does not
warrant the availability and correctness of this related information or the ability of this information to serve a particular purpose. SAP shall not be liable for any damages
caused by the use of related information unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct. All links are categorized for transparency (see:
https://help.sap.com/viewer/disclaimer).

614 PUBLIC Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 615
go.sap.com/registration/
contact.html
© 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE
or an SAP affiliate company. The information contained herein may
be changed without prior notice.
Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors
contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.
These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company
for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty
of any kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for
errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only
warranties for SAP or SAP affiliate company products and services
are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements
accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.
SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well
as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of
SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other
countries. All other product and service names mentioned are the
trademarks of their respective companies.
Please see https://www.sap.com/corporate/en/legal/copyright.html
for additional trademark information and notices.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711: Document Version: 1.0 - 2017-11-06

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711: Document Version: 1.0 - 2017-11-06

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711: Document Version: 1.0 - 2017-11-06

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What's New PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-11-06

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

3 Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

5 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

6 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

8 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

10 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

11 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

1.1 OData Services

The following OData services are available:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

Product Feature is New

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component CO, FI

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

1.2 Financial Planning and Analysis

1.2.1 Manage Material Valuations

Product Feature is New

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component CO-PC-PCP

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

This app replaces the following apps:

● Release Planned Price Changes

These apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

1.2.2 Manage Costing Runs – Estimated Costs

Product Feature is New

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component CO-PC-PCP

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

This app replaces the following apps:

● Edit Costing Runs

These apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

1.2.3 OData Service for Update of Material Price API

If inventory exists for the material, a revaluation posting is generated.

Product Feature is New

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component CO-PC-PCP

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

Now a few additional derivations were added:

● The company code can be derived from the plant.

Product Feature is Changed

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component CO-OM-IS

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711

1.2.5 Production Cost Analysis